diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src/screens')
34 files changed, 0 insertions, 16215 deletions
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas b/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas deleted file mode 100644 index b1333b4a..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1466 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenCredits; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SysUtils, - SDL, - SDL_Image, - gl, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UTexture, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UThemes, - UPath, - UGraphicClasses; - -type - TCreditsStages=(InitialDelay, Intro, MainPart, Outro); - - TScreenCredits = class(TMenu) - public - - Credits_X: real; - Credits_Time: cardinal; - Credits_Alpha: cardinal; - CTime: cardinal; - CTime_hold: cardinal; - ESC_Alpha: integer; - - credits_entry: TTexture; - credits_entry_dx: TTexture; - credits_bg_tex: TTexture; - credits_bg_ovl: TTexture; - //credits_bg_logo: TTexture; - credits_bg_scrollbox_left: TTexture; - credits_blindguard: TTexture; - credits_blindy: TTexture; - credits_canni: TTexture; - credits_commandio: TTexture; - credits_lazyjoker: TTexture; - credits_mog: TTexture; - credits_mota: TTexture; - credits_skillmaster: TTexture; - credits_whiteshark: TTexture; - intro_layer01: TTexture; - intro_layer02: TTexture; - intro_layer03: TTexture; - intro_layer04: TTexture; - intro_layer05: TTexture; - intro_layer06: TTexture; - intro_layer07: TTexture; - intro_layer08: TTexture; - intro_layer09: TTexture; - outro_bg: TTexture; - outro_esc: TTexture; - outro_exd: TTexture; - - deluxe_slidein: cardinal; - - CurrentScrollText: string; - NextScrollUpdate: real; - EndofLastScrollingPart: cardinal; - CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd: integer; - - CRDTS_Stage: TCreditsStages; - - Fadeout: boolean; - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure OnHide; override; - procedure DrawCredits; - procedure Draw_FunkyText; - end; - -const - Funky_Text: string = - 'Grandma Deluxe has arrived! Thanks to Corvus5 for the massive work on UltraStar, Wome for the nice tune you are hearing, '+ - 'all the people who put massive effort and work in new songs (do not forget UltraStar w/o songs would be nothing), ppl from '+ - 'irc helping us - eBandit and Gabari, scene ppl who really helped instead of compiling and running away. Greetings to DennisTheMenace for betatesting, '+ - 'Demoscene.tv, pouet.net, KakiArts, Sourceforge,..'; - - CRDTS_BG_FILE = 'credits_v5_bg.png'; - CRDTS_OVL_FILE = 'credits_v5_overlay.png'; - CRDTS_blindguard_FILE = 'names_blindguard.png'; - CRDTS_blindy_FILE = 'names_blindy.png'; - CRDTS_canni_FILE = 'names_canni.png'; - CRDTS_commandio_FILE = 'names_commandio.png'; - CRDTS_lazyjoker_FILE = 'names_lazyjoker.png'; - CRDTS_mog_FILE = 'names_mog.png'; - CRDTS_mota_FILE = 'names_mota.png'; - CRDTS_skillmaster_FILE = 'names_skillmaster.png'; - CRDTS_whiteshark_FILE = 'names_whiteshark.png'; - INTRO_L01_FILE = 'intro-l-01.png'; - INTRO_L02_FILE = 'intro-l-02.png'; - INTRO_L03_FILE = 'intro-l-03.png'; - INTRO_L04_FILE = 'intro-l-04.png'; - INTRO_L05_FILE = 'intro-l-05.png'; - INTRO_L06_FILE = 'intro-l-06.png'; - INTRO_L07_FILE = 'intro-l-07.png'; - INTRO_L08_FILE = 'intro-l-08.png'; - INTRO_L09_FILE = 'intro-l-09.png'; - OUTRO_BG_FILE = 'outro-bg.png'; - OUTRO_ESC_FILE = 'outro-esc.png'; - OUTRO_EXD_FILE = 'outro-exit-dark.png'; - - Timings: array[0..21] of cardinal=( - 20, // 0 Delay before Start - - 149, // 1 End first Intro Zoom - 155, // 2 Start 2. Action in Intro - 170, // 3 End Separation in Intro - 271, // 4 beginning Zoomout in Intro - 0, // 5 unused - 261, // 6 Start fade-to-white in Intro - - 271, // 7 Start Main Part - 280, // 8 Start On-Beat-Star Main Part - - 396, // 9 Start BlindGuard - 666, // 10 Start blindy - 936, // 11 Start Canni - 1206, // 12 Start Commandio - 1476, // 13 Start LazyJoker - 1746, // 14 Start Mog - 2016, // 15 Start Mota - 2286, // 16 Start SkillMaster - 2556, // 17 Start WhiteShark - 2826, // 18 Ende Whiteshark - 3096, // 19 Start FadeOut Mainscreen - 3366, // 20 Ende Credits Tune - 60); // 21 start flare in intro - -implementation - -uses - Math, - ULog, - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - USongs, - Textgl, - ULanguage, - UCommon, - UPathUtils; - -function TScreenCredits.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - case PressedKey of - - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - end; -{ - SDLK_SPACE: - begin - setlength(CTime_hold,length(CTime_hold)+1); - CTime_hold[high(CTime_hold)]:=CTime; - end; -} - end; // esac - end; // fi -end; - -constructor TScreenCredits.Create; -var - CreditsPath: IPath; -begin - inherited Create; - - CreditsPath := ResourcesPath.Append('credits', pdAppend); - - credits_bg_tex := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_BG_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0); - credits_bg_ovl := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_OVL_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - - credits_blindguard := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_blindguard_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_blindy := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_blindy_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_canni := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_canni_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_commandio := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_commandio_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_lazyjoker := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_lazyjoker_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_mog := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_mog_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_mota := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_mota_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_skillmaster := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_skillmaster_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - credits_whiteshark := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_whiteshark_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - - intro_layer01 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L01_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer02 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L02_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer03 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L03_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer04 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L04_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer05 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L05_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer06 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L06_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer07 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L07_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer08 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L08_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - intro_layer09 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L09_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - - outro_bg := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_BG_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0); - outro_esc := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_ESC_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - outro_exd := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_EXD_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - - CRDTS_Stage:=InitialDelay; -end; - -function TScreenCredits.Draw: boolean; -begin - DrawCredits; - Draw := true; -end; - -procedure TScreenCredits.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - CRDTS_Stage := InitialDelay; - Credits_X := 580; - deluxe_slidein := 0; - Credits_Alpha := 0; -// Music.SetLoop(true); loop loops not, shit - AudioPlayback.Open(soundpath.Append('wome-credits-tune.mp3')); // thank you wetue -// Music.Play; - CTime := 0; -// setlength(CTime_hold,0); -end; - -procedure TScreenCredits.OnHide; -begin - AudioPlayback.Stop; -end; - -Procedure TScreenCredits.Draw_FunkyText; -var - S: integer; - X, Y, A: real; - visibleText: string; -begin - SetFontSize(30); - - // init ScrollingText - if (CTime = Timings[7]) then - begin - // set position of text - Credits_X := 600; - CurrentScrollStart := 1; - CurrentScrollEnd := 1; - end; - - if (CTime > Timings[7]) and - (CurrentScrollStart < length(Funky_Text)) then - begin - X := 0; - visibleText := Copy(Funky_Text, CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd); - - for S := 1 to length(visibleText) do - begin - Y := abs(sin((Credits_X + X) * 0.93 { * (((Credits_X + X)) / 1200) } / 100 * pi)); - SetFontPos(Credits_X + X, 538 - Y * (Credits_X + X) * (Credits_X + X) * (Credits_X + X) / 1000000); - - if (Credits_X + X > 32) then - A := 17 - else if (Credits_X + X >= 15) then - A := Credits_X + X - 15 - else - A := 0; - - glColor4f(230 / 255 - 40 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/ 900, - 200 / 255 - 30 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/ 1000, - 155 / 255 - 20 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/ 1100, - A / 17); - glPrint(visibleText[S]); - X := X + glTextWidth(visibleText[S]); - end; - - if (Credits_X < 0) and (CurrentScrollStart < length(Funky_Text)) then - begin - Credits_X := Credits_X + glTextWidth(Funky_Text[CurrentScrollStart]); - inc(CurrentScrollStart); - end; - - visibleText := Copy(Funky_Text, CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd); - - if (Credits_X + glTextWidth(visibleText) < 600) and - (CurrentScrollEnd < length(Funky_Text)) then - begin - inc(CurrentScrollEnd); - end; - end; -{ -// timing hack - X:=5; - SetFontStyle(2); - SetFontItalic(false); - SetFontSize(27); - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); - for S := 0 to high(CTime_hold) do - begin - visibleText := inttostr(CTime_hold[S]); - SetFontPos (500, X); - glPrint(visibleText[0]); - X := X + 20; - end; -} -end; - -procedure Start3D; -begin - glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION); - glPushMatrix; - glLoadIdentity; - glFrustum(-0.3 * 4 / 3, 0.3 * 4 / 3, -0.3, 0.3, 1, 1000); - glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW); - glLoadIdentity; -end; - -procedure End3D; -begin - glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION); - glPopMatrix; - glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW); -end; - -procedure TScreenCredits.DrawCredits; -var - T: cardinal; - Data: TFFTData; - j, k, l: cardinal; - f, g: real; - STime: cardinal; - Delay: cardinal; - myScale: real; - myAngle: real; -const - myLogoCoords: array[0..27,0..1] of cardinal = ( - ( 39,32),( 84,32),(100,16),(125,24), - (154,31),(156,58),(168,32),(203,36), - (258,34),(251,50),(274,93),(294,84), - (232,54),(278,62),(319,34),(336,92), - (347,23),(374,32),(377,58),(361,83), - (385,91),(405,91),(429,35),(423,51), - (450,32),(485,34),(444,91),(486,93) - ); -begin - // dis does teh muiwk y0r to be translated :-) - AudioPlayback.GetFFTData(Data); - - Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-1'); - - T := SDL_GetTicks() div 33; - if T <> Credits_Time then - begin - Credits_Time := T; - inc(CTime); - inc(CTime_hold); - Credits_X := Credits_X-2; - - Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-2'); - if (CRDTS_Stage=InitialDelay) and (CTime = Timings[0]) then - begin -// CTime := Timings[20]; -// CRDTS_Stage := Outro; - CRDTS_Stage := Intro; - CTime := 0; - AudioPlayback.Play; - end; - if (CRDTS_Stage = Intro) and (CTime = Timings[7]) then - begin - CRDTS_Stage := MainPart; - end; - if (CRDTS_Stage = MainPart) and (CTime = Timings[20]) then - begin - CRDTS_Stage := Outro; - end; - end; - - Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-3'); - - // draw background - if CRDTS_Stage = InitialDelay then - begin - glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0); - glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); - end - else - if CRDTS_Stage = Intro then - begin - Start3D; - glPushMatrix; - - glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0); - glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); - - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - if CTime < Timings[1] then - begin - myScale := 0.5 + 0.5 * (Timings[1] - CTime) / (Timings[1]); // slowly move layers together - myAngle := cos((CTime) * pi / ((Timings[1]) * 2)); // and make logo face towards camera - end - else - begin // this is the part when the logo stands still - myScale := 0.5; - myAngle := 0; - end; - if CTime > Timings[2] then - begin - myScale := 0.5 + 0.5 * (CTime - Timings[2]) / (Timings[3] - Timings[2]); // get some space between layers - myAngle := 0; - end; -// if CTime > Timings[3] then myScale := 1; // keep the space between layers - glTranslatef(0, 0, -5 + 0.5 * myScale); - if CTime > Timings[3] then - myScale := 1; // keep the space between layers - if CTime > Timings[3] then - begin // make logo rotate left and grow -// myScale := (CTime - Timings[4]) / (Timings[7] - Timings[4]); - glRotatef(20 * sqr(CTime - Timings[3]) / sqr((Timings[7] - Timings[3]) / 2), 0, 0, 1); - glScalef(1 + sqr(CTime - Timings[3]) / (32 * (Timings[7] - Timings[3])), 1 + sqr(CTime - Timings[3]) / (32 * (Timings[7] - Timings[3])), 1); - end; - if CTime < Timings[2] then - glRotatef(30 * myAngle, 0.5 * myScale + myScale, 1 + myScale, 0); -// glScalef(0.5, 0.5, 0.5); - glScalef(4/3, -1, 1); - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); - - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer01.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.4 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, -0.4 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, -0.4 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.4 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer02.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.3 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, -0.3 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, -0.3 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.3 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer03.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.2 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, -0.2 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, -0.2 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.2 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer04.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.1 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, -0.1 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, -0.1 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.1 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer05.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, 0 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, 0 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer06.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.1 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, 0.1 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, 0.1 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.1 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer07.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.2 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, 0.2 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, 0.2 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.2 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer08.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.3 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, 0.3 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, 0.3 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.3 * myScale); - glEnd; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer09.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.22 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1, 1, 0.22 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1, 1, 0.22 * myScale); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.22 * myScale); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - - glPopMatrix; - End3D; - - // do some sparkling effects - if (CTime < Timings[1]) and (CTime > Timings[21]) then - begin - for k:= 1 to 3 do - begin - l := 410 + floor((CTime - Timings[21]) / (Timings[1] - Timings[21]) * (536 - 410)) + RandomRange(-5, 5); - j := floor((Timings[1] - CTime) / 22) + RandomRange(285, 301); - GoldenRec.Spawn(l, j, 1, 16, 0, -1, Flare, 0); - end; - end; - - // fade to white at end - if Ctime > Timings[6] then - begin - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, sqr(CTime - Timings[6]) * (CTime - Timings[6]) / sqr(Timings[7] - Timings[6])); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glVertex2f( 0, 0); - glVertex2f( 0, 600); - glVertex2f(800, 600); - glVertex2f(800, 0); - glEnd; - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - end; - - end; - if (CRDTS_Stage=MainPart) then - // main credits screen background, scroller, logo and girl - begin - - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_tex.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 0); glVertex2f( 0, 0); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 600/1024); glVertex2f( 0, 600); - glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800, 600); - glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 0); glVertex2f(800, 0); - glEnd; - glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - - // draw scroller - Draw_FunkyText; - - //######################################################################### - // draw credits names - - Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-4'); - - // BlindGuard (rotate in from upper left, rotate out to lower right) - STime := Timings[9] - 10; - Delay := Timings[10] - Timings[9]; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(0, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - glrotatef((CTime - STime) * 9 + 270, 0, 0, 1); - gltranslatef(223, 0, 0); - if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then - if CTime <= STime + Delay then - begin - gltranslatef(223, 0, 0); - glrotatef((integer(CTime) - (integer(STime + Delay) - 10)) * -9, 0, 0, 1); - gltranslatef(-223, 0, 0); - end; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_blindguard.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // Blindy (zoom from 0 to full size and rotation, zoom zo doubble size and shift to upper right) - STime := Timings[10] - 10; - Delay := Timings[11] - Timings[10] + 5; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime+20) and (CTime<=STime+22) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(223, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 20 then - begin - j := CTime - Stime; - glscalef(j * j / 400, j * j / 400, j * j / 400); - glrotatef(j * 18.0, 0, 0, 1); - end; - if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then - if CTime <= STime + Delay then - begin - j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10); - f := j * 10.0; - gltranslatef(f * 3, -f, 0); - glscalef(1 + j / 10, 1 + j / 10, 1 + j / 10); - glrotatef(j * 9.0, 0, 0, 1); - end; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_blindy.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // Canni (shift in from left, shift out to upper right) - STime := Timings[11] - 10; - Delay := Timings[12] - Timings[11] + 5; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(223, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - begin - gltranslatef(((CTime - STime) * 21.0) - 210, 0, 0); - end; - if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then - if CTime <= STime + Delay then - begin - j := (CTime - (STime + Delay - 10)) * 21; - gltranslatef(j, -j / 2, 0); - end; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_canni.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // Commandio (flip in from down, flip out to upper right) - STime := Timings[12] - 10; - Delay := Timings[13] - Timings[12]; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(223, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - f := 258.0 - 25.8 * (CTime - STime) - else - f := 0; - g := 0; - if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then - if CTime <= STime + Delay then - begin - j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10); - g := 32.6 * j; - end; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_commandio.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163 + g - f * 1.5, -129 + f * 1.5 - g/2); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163 + g * 1.5, 129 - (g * 1.5 * 258 / 326)); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163 + g, 129 + g / 4); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163 + f * 1.5 + g / 4, -129 + f * 1.5 - g / 4); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // lazy joker (just scrolls from left to right, no twinkling stars, no on-beat flashing) - STime := Timings[13] - 35; - Delay := Timings[14] - Timings[13] + 5; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) > 10) and ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - ESC_Alpha := 10; - f := CTime - STime; - if CTime <= STime + 40 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 40; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 40) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j * j / 1600); - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(180 + (f - 70), 329, 0); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_lazyjoker.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // Mog (flip in from right, flip out to lower right) - STime := Timings[14] - 10; - Delay := Timings[15] - Timings[14] + 5; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(223, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - f := 326.0 - 32.6 * (CTime - STime) - else - f := 0; - - g := 0; - if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then - if CTime <= STime + Delay then - begin - j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10); - g := 32.6 * j; - end; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_mog.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163 + g * 1.5, -129 + g * 1.5); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163 + g * 1.2, 129 + g); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163 - f + g / 2, 129 + f * 1.5 + g / 4); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163 - f + g * 1.5, -129 - f * 1.5); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // Mota (rotate in from upper right, shift out to lower left while shrinking and rotateing) - STime := Timings[15] - 10; - Delay := Timings[16] - Timings[15] + 5; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(223, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - begin - gltranslatef(223, 0, 0); - glrotatef((10 - (CTime - STime)) * 9, 0, 0, 1); - gltranslatef(-223, 0, 0); - end; - if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then - if CTime <= STime + Delay then - begin - j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10); - f := j * 10.0; - gltranslatef(-f * 2, -f, 0); - glscalef(1 - j / 10, 1 - j / 10, 1 - j / 10); - glrotatef(-j * 9.0, 0, 0, 1); - end; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_mota.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // Skillmaster (shift in from lower right, rotate out to upper right) - STime := Timings[16] - 10; - Delay := Timings[17] - Timings[16] + 5; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(223, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - begin - j := STime + 10 - CTime; - f := j * 10.0; - gltranslatef(+f * 2, +f / 2, 0); - end; - if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then - if CTime <= STime + Delay then - begin - j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10); - gltranslatef(0, -223, 0); - glrotatef(integer(j) * -9, 0, 0, 1); - gltranslatef(0, 223, 0); - glrotatef(j * 9, 0, 0, 1); - end; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_skillmaster.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163, 129); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - // WhiteShark (flip in from lower left, flip out to upper right) - STime := Timings[17] - 10; - Delay := Timings[18] - Timings[17]; - if CTime > STime then - begin - k := 0; - ESC_Alpha := 20; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.25 then - ESC_Alpha := 5 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - j := CTime - STime - else - j := 10; - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then - if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - j := (STime + Delay) - CTime - else - j := 0; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10); - - if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then - begin - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1); - GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5); - end; - - glPushMatrix; - gltranslatef(223, 329, 0); - if CTime <= STime + 10 then - f := 326.0 - 32.6 * (CTime - STime) - else - f := 0; - - if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) and (CTime <= STime + Delay) then - begin - j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10); - g := 32.6 * j; - end - else - begin - g := 0; - end; - - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_whiteshark.TexNum); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163 - f + g, -129 + f / 4 - g / 2); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163 - f / 4 + g, 129 + g / 2 + f / 4); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163 - f * 1.2 + g / 4, 129 + f / 2 - g / 4); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163 - f * 1.5 + g / 4, -129 + f * 1.5 + g / 4); - glEnd; - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - gldisable(GL_BLEND); - glPopMatrix; - end; - - Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-103'); - - // #################################################################### - // do some twinkle stuff (kinda on beat) - - if (CTime > Timings[8] ) and - (CTime < Timings[19]) then - begin - k := 0; - - try - for j := 0 to 40 do - begin - if (j < length(Data)) and - (k < length(Data)) then - begin - if Data[j] >= Data[k] then - k := j; - end; - end; - except - end; - - if Data[k] > 0.2 then - begin - l := RandomRange(6, 16); - j := RandomRange(0, 27); - - GoldenRec.Spawn(myLogoCoords[j,0], myLogoCoords[j,1], 16-l, l, 0, -1, PerfectNote, 0); - end; - end; - - //################################################# - // draw the rest of the main screen (girl and logo) - - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_ovl.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 0); glVertex2f(800-393, 0); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800-393, 600); - glTexCoord2f(393/512, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800, 600); - glTexCoord2f(393/512, 0); glVertex2f(800, 0); - glEnd; - -{ - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_logo.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 0); glVertex2f( 0, 0); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 112/128); glVertex2f( 0, 112); - glTexCoord2f(497/512, 112/128); glVertex2f(497, 112); - glTexCoord2f(497/512, 0); glVertex2f(497, 0); - glEnd; -} - - gldisable(gl_texture_2d); - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - - // fade out at end of main part - if Ctime > Timings[19] then - begin - glColor4f(0, 0, 0, (CTime - Timings[19]) / (Timings[20] - Timings[19])); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glVertex2f( 0, 0); - glVertex2f( 0, 600); - glVertex2f(800, 600); - glVertex2f(800, 0); - glEnd; - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - end; - end - else - if (CRDTS_Stage = Outro) then - begin - if CTime = Timings[20] then - begin - CTime_hold := 0; - AudioPlayback.Stop; - AudioPlayback.Open(SoundPath.Append('credits-outro-tune.mp3')); - AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0.2); - AudioPlayback.SetLoop(true); - AudioPlayback.Play; - end; - if CTime_hold > 231 then - begin - AudioPlayback.Play; - Ctime_hold := 0; - end; - glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0); - glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); - - // do something useful - // outro background - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_bg.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 0); glVertex2f( 0, 0); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 600/1024); glVertex2f( 0, 600); - glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800, 600); - glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 0); glVertex2f(800, 0); - glEnd; - - // outro overlays - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, (1 + sin(CTime / 15)) / 3 + 1/3); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_esc.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 0); glVertex2f( 0, 0); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 223/256); glVertex2f( 0, 223); - glTexCoord2f(487/512, 223/256); glVertex2f(487, 223); - glTexCoord2f(487/512, 0); glVertex2f(487, 0); - glEnd; - - ESC_Alpha := 20; - if (RandomRange(0,20) > 18) and (ESC_Alpha = 20) then - ESC_Alpha := 0 - else - inc(ESC_Alpha); - if ESC_Alpha > 20 then - ESC_Alpha := 20; - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_exd.TexNum); - glbegin(gl_quads); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 0); glVertex2f(800-310, 600-247); - glTexCoord2f( 0, 247/256); glVertex2f(800-310, 600 ); - glTexCoord2f(310/512, 247/256); glVertex2f(800, 600 ); - glTexCoord2f(310/512, 0); glVertex2f(800, 600-247); - glEnd; - glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - - // outro scrollers? - // ... - end; - -{ - // draw credits runtime counter - SetFontStyle (2); - SetFontItalic(false); - SetFontSize(27); - SetFontPos (5, 5); - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); -// RuntimeStr := 'CTime: ' + inttostr(floor(CTime / 30.320663991914489602156136106092)) + '.' + inttostr(floor(CTime / 3.0320663991914489602156136106092) - floor(CTime / 30.320663991914489602156136106092) * 10); - RuntimeStr := 'CTime: ' + inttostr(CTime); - glPrint (RuntimeStr[1]); -} - - // make the stars shine - GoldenRec.Draw; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 2111adef..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenEdit; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenEdit = class(TMenu) - public - TextDescription: integer; - TextDescriptionLong: integer; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure InteractNext; override; - procedure InteractPrev; override; - procedure InteractInc; override; - procedure InteractDec; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMusic, - USkins, - UUnicodeUtils, - SysUtils; - -function TScreenEdit.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - SDL_ModState: word; -begin - Result := true; - - SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT + - KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT); - - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if Interaction = 0 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenEditConvert); - end; - - if Interaction = 1 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: InteractInc; - SDLK_UP: InteractDec; - SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext; - SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenEdit.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Edit.TextDescription); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Edit); - - AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonConvert); -{ Some ideas for more: - AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonEditHeaders); - AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonAdjustGap); -} - AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonExit); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenEdit.InteractNext; -begin - inherited InteractNext; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenEdit.InteractPrev; -begin - inherited InteractPrev; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenEdit.InteractDec; -begin - inherited InteractDec; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenEdit.InteractInc; -begin - inherited InteractInc; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenEdit.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - Static[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Static[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas deleted file mode 100644 index b2fb7773..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,827 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenEditConvert; - -{* - * See - * MIDI Recommended Practice (RP-017): SMF Lyric Meta Event Definition - * http://www.midi.org/techspecs/rp17.php - * MIDI Recommended Practice (RP-026): SMF Language and Display Extensions - * http://www.midi.org/techspecs/rp26.php - * MIDI File Format - * http://www.sonicspot.com/guide/midifiles.html - * KMIDI File Format - * http://gnese.free.fr/Projects/KaraokeTime/Fichiers/karfaq.html - * http://journals.rpungin.fotki.com/karaoke/category/midi - * - * There are two widely spread karaoke formats: - * - KMIDI (.kar), an inofficial midi extension by Tune 1000 - * - Standard Midi files with lyric meta-tags (SMF with lyrics, .mid). - * - * KMIDI uses two tracks, the first just contains a header (mostly track 2) and - * the second the lyrics (track 3). It uses text meta tags for the lyrics. - * SMF uses just one track (normally track 1) and uses lyric meta tags for storage. - * - * Most files are in the KMIDI format. Some Midi files contain both lyric types. - *} - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - math, - UMenu, - SDL, - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiFile, - MidiOut, - {$ENDIF} - ULog, - USongs, - USong, - UMusic, - UThemes, - UPath; - -type - TMidiNote = record - Event: integer; - EventType: integer; - Channel: integer; - Start: real; - Len: real; - Data1: integer; - Data2: integer; - Str: UTF8String; // normally ASCII - end; - - TLyricType = (ltKMIDI, ltSMFLyric); - - TTrack = record - Note: array of TMidiNote; - Name: UTF8String; // normally ASCII - Status: set of (tsNotes, tsLyrics); //< track contains notes, lyrics or both - LyricType: set of TLyricType; - NoteType: (ntNone, ntAvail); - end; - - TNote = record - Start: integer; - Len: integer; - Tone: integer; - Lyric: UTF8String; - NewSentence: boolean; - end; - - TArrayTrack = array of TTrack; - - TScreenEditConvert = class(TMenu) - private - Tracks: TArrayTrack; // current track - ColR: array[0..100] of real; - ColG: array[0..100] of real; - ColB: array[0..100] of real; - Len: real; - SelTrack: integer; // index of selected track - fFileName: IPath; - - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiFile: TMidiFile; - MidiOut: TMidiOutput; - {$ENDIF} - - BPM: real; - Ticks: real; - Note: array of TNote; - - procedure AddLyric(Start: integer; LyricType: TLyricType; Text: UTF8String); - procedure Extract(out Song: TSong; out Lines: TLines); - - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - procedure MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent); - {$ENDIF} - - function CountSelectedTracks: integer; - - public - constructor Create; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure OnHide; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - SysUtils, - TextGL, - gl, - UDrawTexture, - UFiles, - UGraphic, - UIni, - UMain, - UPathUtils, - USkins, - ULanguage, - UTextEncoding, - UUnicodeUtils; - -const - // MIDI/KAR lyrics are specified to be ASCII only. - // Assume backward compatible CP1252 encoding. - DEFAULT_ENCODING = encCP1252; - -const - MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEOFF = $8; - MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON = $9; - MIDI_EVENTTYPE_META_SYSEX = $F; - - MIDI_EVENT_META = $FF; - MIDI_META_TEXT = $1; - MIDI_META_LYRICS = $5; - -function TScreenEditConvert.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} -var - SResult: TSaveSongResult; - Playing: boolean; - MidiTrack: TMidiTrack; - Song: TSong; - Lines: TLines; -{$ENDIF} -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - if (MidiFile <> nil) then - MidiFile.StopPlaying; - {$ENDIF} - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenEdit); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if Interaction = 0 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - ScreenOpen.Filename := GamePath.Append('file.mid'); - ScreenOpen.BackScreen := @ScreenEditConvert; - FadeTo(@ScreenOpen); - end - else if Interaction = 1 then - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - if (MidiFile <> nil) then - begin - MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent; - //MidiFile.GoToTime(MidiFile.GetTrackLength div 2); - MidiFile.StartPlaying; - end; - {$ENDIF} - end - else if Interaction = 2 then - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - if (MidiFile <> nil) then - begin - MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := nil; - MidiFile.StartPlaying; - end; - {$ENDIF} - end - else if Interaction = 3 then - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - if CountSelectedTracks > 0 then - begin - Extract(Song, Lines); - SResult := SaveSong(Song, Lines, fFileName.SetExtension('.txt'), - false); - FreeAndNil(Song); - if (SResult = ssrOK) then - ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED')) - else - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED')); - end - else - begin - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('EDITOR_ERROR_NO_TRACK_SELECTED')); - end; - {$ENDIF} - end; - - end; - - SDLK_SPACE: - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - if (MidiFile <> nil) then - begin - if (Tracks[SelTrack].NoteType = ntAvail) and - (Tracks[SelTrack].LyricType <> []) then - begin - if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes] - else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsNotes]) then - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsLyrics] - else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsLyrics]) then - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes, tsLyrics] - else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsNotes, tsLyrics]) then - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := []; - end - else if (Tracks[SelTrack].NoteType = ntAvail) then - begin - if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes] - else - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := []; - end - else if (Tracks[SelTrack].LyricType <> []) then - begin - if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsLyrics] - else - Tracks[SelTrack].Status := []; - end; - - Playing := (MidiFile.GetCurrentTime > 0); - MidiFile.StopPlaying(); - MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(SelTrack); - if tsNotes in Tracks[SelTrack].Status then - MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent - else - MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil; - if (Playing) then - MidiFile.ContinuePlaying(); - end; - {$ENDIF} - end; - - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - InteractNext; - end; - - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - InteractPrev; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - Inc(SelTrack); - if SelTrack > High(Tracks) then - SelTrack := 0; - end; - SDLK_UP: - begin - Dec(SelTrack); - if SelTrack < 0 then - SelTrack := High(Tracks); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditConvert.AddLyric(Start: integer; LyricType: TLyricType; Text: UTF8String); -var - N: integer; -begin - // find corresponding note - N := 0; - while (N <= High(Note)) do - begin - if Note[N].Start = Start then - Break; - Inc(N); - end; - - // check if note was found - if (N > High(Note)) then - Exit; - - // set text - if (LyricType = ltKMIDI) then - begin - // end of paragraph - if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = '\' then - begin - Delete(Text, 1, 1); - end - // end of line - else if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = '/' then - begin - Delete(Text, 1, 1); - Note[N].NewSentence := true; - end; - end - else // SMFLyric - begin - // Line Feed -> end of paragraph - if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = #$0A then - begin - Delete(Text, 1, 1); - end - // Carriage Return -> end of line - else if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = #$0D then - begin - Delete(Text, 1, 1); - Note[N].NewSentence := true; - end; - end; - - // overwrite lyric or append - if Note[N].Lyric = '-' then - Note[N].Lyric := Text - else - Note[N].Lyric := Note[N].Lyric + Text; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditConvert.Extract(out Song: TSong; out Lines: TLines); - -var - T: integer; - C: integer; - N: integer; - Nu: integer; - NoteTemp: TNote; - Move: integer; - Max, Min: integer; - LyricType: TLyricType; - Text: UTF8String; -begin - // song info - Song := TSong.Create(); - Song.Clear(); - Song.Resolution := 4; - SetLength(Song.BPM, 1); - Song.BPM[0].BPM := BPM*4; - SetLength(Note, 0); - - // extract notes - for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do - begin - if tsNotes in Tracks[T].Status then - begin - for N := 0 to High(Tracks[T].Note) do - begin - if (Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON) and - (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data2 > 0) then - begin - Nu := Length(Note); - SetLength(Note, Nu + 1); - Note[Nu].Start := Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks); - Note[Nu].Len := Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Len / Ticks); - Note[Nu].Tone := Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 - 12*5; - Note[Nu].Lyric := '-'; - end; - end; - end; - end; - - // extract lyrics (and artist + title info) - for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do - begin - if not (tsLyrics in Tracks[T].Status) then - Continue; - - for N := 0 to High(Tracks[T].Note) do - begin - if (Tracks[T].Note[N].Event = MIDI_EVENT_META) then - begin - // determine and validate lyric meta tag - if (ltKMIDI in Tracks[T].LyricType) and - (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 = MIDI_META_TEXT) then - begin - Text := Tracks[T].Note[N].Str; - - // check for meta info - if (Length(Text) > 2) and (Text[1] = '@') then - begin - case Text[2] of - 'L': Song.Language := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text)); // language - 'T': begin // title info - if (Song.Artist = '') then - Song.Artist := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text)) - else if (Song.Title = '') then - Song.Title := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text)); - end; - end; - Continue; - end; - - LyricType := ltKMIDI; - end - else if (ltSMFLyric in Tracks[T].LyricType) and - (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 = MIDI_META_LYRICS) then - begin - LyricType := ltSMFLyric; - end - else - begin - // unknown meta event - Continue; - end; - - AddLyric(Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks), LyricType, Tracks[T].Note[N].Str); - end; - end; - end; - - // sort notes - for N := 0 to High(Note) do - for Nu := 0 to High(Note)-1 do - if Note[Nu].Start > Note[Nu+1].Start then - begin - NoteTemp := Note[Nu]; - Note[Nu] := Note[Nu+1]; - Note[Nu+1] := NoteTemp; - end; - - // move to 0 at beginning - Move := Note[0].Start; - for N := 0 to High(Note) do - Note[N].Start := Note[N].Start - Move; - - // copy notes - SetLength(Lines.Line, 1); - Lines.Number := 1; - Lines.High := 0; - Lines.Current := 0; - Lines.Resolution := 0; - Lines.NotesGAP := 0; - Lines.ScoreValue := 0; - - C := 0; - N := 0; - Lines.Line[C].HighNote := -1; - - for Nu := 0 to High(Note) do - begin - if Note[Nu].NewSentence then // new line - begin - SetLength(Lines.Line, Length(Lines.Line)+1); - Lines.Number := Lines.Number + 1; - Lines.High := Lines.High + 1; - C := C + 1; - N := 0; - SetLength(Lines.Line[C].Note, 0); - Lines.Line[C].HighNote := -1; - - //Calculate Start of the Last Sentence - if (C > 0) and (Nu > 0) then - begin - Max := Note[Nu].Start; - Min := Note[Nu-1].Start + Note[Nu-1].Len; - - case (Max - Min) of - 0: Lines.Line[C].Start := Max; - 1: Lines.Line[C].Start := Max; - 2: Lines.Line[C].Start := Max - 1; - 3: Lines.Line[C].Start := Max - 2; - else - if ((Max - Min) > 4) then - Lines.Line[C].Start := Min + 2 - else - Lines.Line[C].Start := Max; - - end; // case - - end; - end; - - // create space for new note - SetLength(Lines.Line[C].Note, Length(Lines.Line[C].Note)+1); - Inc(Lines.Line[C].HighNote); - - // initialize note - Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Start := Note[Nu].Start; - Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Length := Note[Nu].Len; - Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Tone := Note[Nu].Tone; - Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Text := DecodeStringUTF8(Note[Nu].Lyric, DEFAULT_ENCODING); - Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType := ntNormal; - Inc(N); - end; -end; - -function TScreenEditConvert.CountSelectedTracks: integer; -var - T: integer; // track -begin - Result := 0; - for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do - if tsNotes in Tracks[T].Status then - Inc(Result); -end; - -{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} -procedure TScreenEditConvert.MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent); -begin - //Log.LogStatus(IntToStr(event.event), 'MIDI'); - try - MidiOut.PutShort(event.event, event.data1, event.data2); - except - MidiFile.StopPlaying(); - end; -end; -{$ENDIF} - -constructor TScreenEditConvert.Create; -var - P: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(15, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Open'); - //Button[High(Button)].Text[0].Size := 11; - - AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play'); - - AddButton(280, 20, 200, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play Selected'); - - AddButton(500, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(20, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Save'); - - fFileName := PATH_NONE; - - for P := 0 to 100 do - begin - ColR[P] := Random(10)/10; - ColG[P] := Random(10)/10; - ColB[P] := Random(10)/10; - end; - -end; - -procedure TScreenEditConvert.OnShow; -var - T: integer; // track - N: integer; // note - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiTrack: TMidiTrack; - MidiEvent: PMidiEvent; - {$ENDIF} - FileOpened: boolean; - KMIDITrackIndex, SMFTrackIndex: integer; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := 0; - -{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil); - Log.LogInfo(MidiOut.ProductName, 'MIDI'); - MidiOut.Open; - MidiFile := nil; - SetLength(Tracks, 0); - - // Filename is only <> PATH_NONE if we called the OpenScreen before - fFilename := ScreenOpen.Filename; - if (fFilename = PATH_NONE) then - Exit; - ScreenOpen.Filename := PATH_NONE; - - FileOpened := false; - if fFileName.Exists then - begin - MidiFile := TMidiFile.Create(nil); - MidiFile.Filename := fFileName; - try - MidiFile.ReadFile; - FileOpened := true; - except - MidiFile.Free; - end; - end; - - if (not FileOpened) then - begin - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND')); - Exit; - end; - - Len := 0; - SelTrack := 0; - BPM := MidiFile.Bpm; - Ticks := MidiFile.TicksPerQuarter / 4; - - KMIDITrackIndex := -1; - SMFTrackIndex := -1; - - SetLength(Tracks, MidiFile.NumberOfTracks); - for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do - Tracks[T].LyricType := []; - - for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do - begin - MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T); - MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil; - Tracks[T].Name := DecodeStringUTF8(MidiTrack.getName, DEFAULT_ENCODING); - Tracks[T].NoteType := ntNone; - Tracks[T].Status := []; - - SetLength(Tracks[T].Note, MidiTrack.getEventCount()); - for N := 0 to MidiTrack.getEventCount-1 do - begin - MidiEvent := MidiTrack.GetEvent(N); - - Tracks[T].Note[N].Start := MidiEvent.time; - Tracks[T].Note[N].Len := MidiEvent.len; - Tracks[T].Note[N].Event := MidiEvent.event; - Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType := MidiEvent.event shr 4; - Tracks[T].Note[N].Channel := MidiEvent.event and $0F; - Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 := MidiEvent.data1; - Tracks[T].Note[N].Data2 := MidiEvent.data2; - Tracks[T].Note[N].Str := DecodeStringUTF8(MidiEvent.str, DEFAULT_ENCODING); - - if (Tracks[T].Note[N].Event = MIDI_EVENT_META) then - begin - case (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1) of - MIDI_META_TEXT: begin - // KMIDI lyrics (uses MIDI_META_TEXT events) - if (StrLComp(PAnsiChar(Tracks[T].Note[N].Str), '@KMIDI KARAOKE FILE', 19) = 0) and - (High(Tracks) >= T+1) then - begin - // The '@KMIDI ...' mark is in the first track (mostly named 'Soft Karaoke') - // but the lyrics are in the second track (named 'Words') - Tracks[T+1].LyricType := Tracks[T+1].LyricType + [ltKMIDI]; - KMIDITrackIndex := T+1; - end; - end; - MIDI_META_LYRICS: begin - // lyrics in Standard Midi File format found (uses MIDI_META_LYRICS events) - Tracks[T].LyricType := Tracks[T].LyricType + [ltSMFLyric]; - SMFTrackIndex := T; - end; - end; - end - else if (Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON) then - begin - // notes available - Tracks[T].NoteType := ntAvail; - end; - - if Tracks[T].Note[N].Start + Tracks[T].Note[N].Len > Len then - Len := Tracks[T].Note[N].Start + Tracks[T].Note[N].Len; - end; - end; - - // set default lyric track. Prefer KMIDI. - if (KMIDITrackIndex > -1) then - Tracks[KMIDITrackIndex].Status := Tracks[KMIDITrackIndex].Status + [tsLyrics] - else if (SMFTrackIndex > -1) then - Tracks[SMFTrackIndex].Status := Tracks[SMFTrackIndex].Status + [tsLyrics]; -{$ENDIF} -end; - -function TScreenEditConvert.Draw: boolean; -var - Count: integer; - Count2: integer; - Bottom: real; - X: real; - Y: real; - Height: real; - YSkip: real; - TrackName: UTF8String; -begin - // draw static menu - inherited Draw; - - Y := 100; - - Height := min(480, 40 * Length(Tracks)); - Bottom := Y + Height; - - YSkip := Height / Length(Tracks); - - // highlight selected track - DrawQuad(10, Y+SelTrack*YSkip, 780, YSkip, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8); - - // track-selection info - for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do - if Tracks[Count].Status <> [] then - DrawQuad(10, Y + Count*YSkip, 50, YSkip, 0.8, 0.3, 0.3); - glColor3f(0, 0, 0); - for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do - begin - if Tracks[Count].NoteType = ntAvail then - begin - if tsNotes in Tracks[Count].Status then - glColor3f(0, 0, 0) - else - glColor3f(0.7, 0.7, 0.7); - SetFontPos(25, Y + Count*YSkip + 10); - SetFontSize(15); - glPrint('N'); - end; - if Tracks[Count].LyricType <> [] then - begin - if tsLyrics in Tracks[Count].Status then - glColor3f(0, 0, 0) - else - glColor3f(0.7, 0.7, 0.7); - SetFontPos(40, Y + Count*YSkip + 10); - SetFontSize(15); - glPrint('L'); - end; - end; - - DrawLine( 10, Y, 10, Bottom, 0, 0, 0); - DrawLine( 60, Y, 60, Bottom, 0, 0, 0); - DrawLine(790, Y, 790, Bottom, 0, 0, 0); - - for Count := 0 to Length(Tracks) do - DrawLine(10, Y + Count*YSkip, 790, Y + Count*YSkip, 0, 0, 0); - - for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do - begin - SetFontPos(65, Y + Count*YSkip); - SetFontSize(15); - glPrint(Tracks[Count].Name); - end; - - for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do - begin - for Count2 := 0 to High(Tracks[Count].Note) do - begin - if Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON then - DrawQuad(60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725, - Y + (Count+1)*YSkip - Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Data1*35/127, - 3, 3, - ColR[Count], ColG[Count], ColB[Count]); - if Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].EventType = 15 then - DrawLine(60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725, Y + 0.75 * YSkip + Count*YSkip, - 60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725, Y + YSkip + Count*YSkip, - ColR[Count], ColG[Count], ColB[Count]); - end; - end; - - // playing line - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - if (MidiFile <> nil) then - X := 60 + MidiFile.GetCurrentTime/MidiFile.GetTrackLength*730; - {$ENDIF} - DrawLine(X, Y, X, Bottom, 0.3, 0.3, 0.3); - - Result := true; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditConvert.OnHide; -begin -{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - FreeAndNil(MidiFile); - MidiOut.Close; - FreeAndNil(MidiOut); -{$ENDIF} -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas deleted file mode 100644 index c581215b..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,445 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenEditHeader; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - USongs, - USong, - UPath, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenEditHeader = class(TMenu) - public - CurrentSong: TSong; - TextTitle: integer; - TextArtist: integer; - TextMp3: integer; - TextBackground: integer; - TextVideo: integer; - TextVideoGAP: integer; - TextRelative: integer; - TextResolution: integer; - TextNotesGAP: integer; - TextStart: integer; - TextGAP: integer; - TextBPM: integer; - StaticTitle: integer; - StaticArtist: integer; - StaticMp3: integer; - StaticBackground: integer; - StaticVideo: integer; - StaticVideoGAP: integer; - StaticRelative: integer; - StaticResolution: integer; - StaticNotesGAP: integer; - StaticStart: integer; - StaticGAP: integer; - StaticBPM: integer; - Sel: array[0..11] of boolean; - procedure SetRoundButtons; - - constructor Create; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; -{ function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure Finish;} - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMusic, - SysUtils, - UFiles, - USkins, - UTexture, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenEditHeader.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - T: integer; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then // Key Down - begin // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE: - begin - //Music.PlayBack; - //FadeTo(@MainScreen); - Result := false; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if Interaction = 1 then - begin - //Save; - end; - end; - - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - case Interaction of - 0..0: InteractNext; - 1: Interaction := 0; - end; - end; - - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - case Interaction of - 0: Interaction := 1; - 1..1: InteractPrev; - end; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - case Interaction of - 0..1: Interaction := 2; - 2..12: InteractNext; - 13: Interaction := 0; - end; - end; - - SDLK_UP: - begin - case Interaction of - 0..1: Interaction := 13; - 2: Interaction := 0; - 3..13: InteractPrev; - end; - end; - - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - T := Interaction - 2 + TextTitle; - if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) and (Length(Text[T].Text) >= 1) then - begin - Text[T].DeleteLastLetter; - SetRoundButtons; - end; - end; - - end; - case CharCode of - 32..255: - begin - if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) then - begin - Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text := - Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode); - SetRoundButtons; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenEditHeader.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(15, 5, 'Open'); - - AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(20, 5, 'Save'); - - AddBox(80, 60, 640, 550); - - AddText(160, 110 + 0*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 1*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 2*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MP3:'); - - AddText(160, 110 + 4*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Background:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 5*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Video:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 6*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'VideoGAP:'); - - AddText(160, 110 + 8*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Relative:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 9*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Resolution:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 10*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'NotesGAP:'); - - AddText(160, 110 + 12*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 13*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:'); - AddText(160, 110 + 14*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:'); - - TextTitle := AddText(340, 110 + 0*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextArtist := AddText(340, 110 + 1*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextMp3 := AddText(340, 110 + 2*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - - TextBackground := AddText(340, 110 + 4*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextVideo := AddText(340, 110 + 5*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextVideoGAP := AddText(340, 110 + 6*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - - TextRelative := AddText(340, 110 + 8*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextResolution := AddText(340, 110 + 9*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextNotesGAP := AddText(340, 110 + 10*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - - TextStart := AddText(340, 110 + 12*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextGAP := AddText(340, 110 + 13*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - TextBPM := AddText(340, 110 + 14*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, ''); - - StaticTitle := AddStatic(130, 115 + 0*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticArtist := AddStatic(130, 115 + 1*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticMp3 := AddStatic(130, 115 + 2*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticBackground := AddStatic(130, 115 + 4*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticVideo := AddStatic(130, 115 + 5*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticVideoGAP := AddStatic(130, 115 + 6*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticRelative := AddStatic(130, 115 + 8*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticResolution := AddStatic(130, 115 + 9*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticNotesGAP := AddStatic(130, 115 + 10*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticStart := AddStatic(130, 115 + 12*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticGAP := AddStatic(130, 115 + 13*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - StaticBPM := AddStatic(130, 115 + 14*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); - - AddInteraction(iText, TextTitle); - AddInteraction(iText, TextArtist); - AddInteraction(iText, TextMp3); - AddInteraction(iText, TextBackground); - AddInteraction(iText, TextVideo); - AddInteraction(iText, TextVideoGAP); - AddInteraction(iText, TextRelative); - AddInteraction(iText, TextResolution); - AddInteraction(iText, TextNotesGAP); - AddInteraction(iText, TextStart); - AddInteraction(iText, TextGAP); - AddInteraction(iText, TextBPM); -end; - -procedure TScreenEditHeader.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - -{ if FileExists(FileName) then // load file - begin - CurrentSong.FileName := FileName; - SkanujPlik(CurrentSong); - - SetLength(TrueBoolStrs, 1); - TrueBoolStrs[0] := 'yes'; - SetLength(FalseBoolStrs, 1); - FalseBoolStrs[0] := 'no'; - - Text[TextTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Title; - Text[TextArtist].Text := CurrentSong.Artist; - Text[TextMP3].Text := CurrentSong.Mp3; - Text[TextBackground].Text := CurrentSong.Background; - Text[TextVideo].Text := CurrentSong.Video; - Text[TextVideoGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.VideoGAP); - Text[TextRelative].Text := BoolToStr(CurrentSong.Relative, true); - Text[TextResolution].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.Resolution); - Text[TextNotesGAP].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.NotesGAP); - Text[TextStart].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.Start); - Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP); - Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM); - SetRoundButtons; - end;} - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -(*function TScreenEdit.Draw: boolean; -var - Min: integer; - Sec: integer; - Count: integer; - AktBeat: integer; -begin -{ glClearColor(1,1,1,1); - - // control music - if PlaySentence then - begin - // stop the music - if (Music.Position > PlayStopTime) then - begin - Music.Stop; - PlaySentence := false; - end; - - // click - if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then - begin - AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60); - Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat); - if AktBeat <> LastClick then - begin - for Count := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do - if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Count].Start = AktBeat) then - begin - Music.PlayClick; - LastClick := AktBeat; - end; - end; - end; // click - end; // if PlaySentence - - Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Akt + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Ilosc); - Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(AktNuta + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].LengthNote); - - // Song info - Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4); - Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP); - - // Note info - Text[TextNStart].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start); - Text[TextNDlugosc].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc); - Text[TextNTon].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton); - Text[TextNText].Text := Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Text; - - // draw static menu - inherited Draw; - - // draw notes - SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15); - SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0); - SingDrawCzesc(40, 405, 760, 0); - - // draw text - Lyric.Draw;} - -end;*) - -procedure TScreenEditHeader.SetRoundButtons; -begin - if Length(Text[TextTitle].Text) > 0 then - Static[StaticTitle].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticTitle].Visible := false; - - if Length(Text[TextArtist].Text) > 0 then - Static[StaticArtist].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticArtist].Visible := false; - - if Length(Text[TextMp3].Text) > 0 then - Static[StaticMp3].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticMp3].Visible := false; - - if Length(Text[TextBackground].Text) > 0 then - Static[StaticBackground].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticBackground].Visible := false; - - if Length(Text[TextVideo].Text) > 0 then - Static[StaticVideo].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticVideo].Visible := false; - - try - StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text); - if StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text)<> 0 then - Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false; - except - Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false; - end; - - if LowerCase(Text[TextRelative].Text) = 'yes' then - Static[StaticRelative].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticRelative].Visible := false; - - try - StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text); - if (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) <> 0) and (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) >= 1) then - Static[StaticResolution].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticResolution].Visible := false; - except - Static[StaticResolution].Visible := false; - end; - - try - StrToInt(Text[TextNotesGAP].Text); - Static[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := true; - except - Static[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := false; - end; - - // start - try - StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text); - if (StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text) > 0) then - Static[StaticStart].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticStart].Visible := false; - except - Static[StaticStart].Visible := false; - end; - - // GAP - try - StrToFloat(Text[TextGAP].Text); - Static[StaticGAP].Visible := true; - except - Static[StaticGAP].Visible := false; - end; - - // BPM - try - StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text); - if (StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text) > 0) then - Static[StaticBPM].Visible := true - else - Static[StaticBPM].Visible := false; - except - Static[StaticBPM].Visible := false; - end; - -end; - -(*procedure TScreenEdit.Finish; -begin -// -end;*) - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 609a689b..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1520 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenEditSub; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - UMusic, - SDL, - SysUtils, - UFiles, - UTime, - USongs, - USong, - UIni, - ULog, - UTexture, - UMenuText, - UEditorLyrics, - Math, - gl, - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiOut, - {$ENDIF} - UThemes; - -type - TScreenEditSub = class(TMenu) - private - //Variable is True if no Song is loaded - Error: boolean; - - TextNote: integer; - TextSentence: integer; - TextTitle: integer; - TextArtist: integer; - TextMp3: integer; - TextBPM: integer; - TextGAP: integer; - TextDebug: integer; - TextNStart: integer; - TextNLength: integer; - TextNTon: integer; - TextNText: integer; - CurrentNote: integer; - PlaySentence: boolean; - PlaySentenceMidi: boolean; - PlayStopTime: real; - LastClick: integer; - Click: boolean; - CopySrc: integer; - - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiOut: TMidiOutput; - {$endif} - - MidiStart: real; - MidiStop: real; - MidiTime: real; - MidiPos: real; - MidiLastNote: integer; - - TextEditMode: boolean; - - Lyric: TEditorLyrics; - - procedure DivideBPM; - procedure MultiplyBPM; - procedure LyricsCapitalize; - procedure LyricsCorrectSpaces; - procedure FixTimings; - procedure DivideSentence; - procedure JoinSentence; - procedure DivideNote; - procedure DeleteNote; - procedure TransposeNote(Transpose: integer); - procedure ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer); - procedure MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer); - procedure MoveTextToRight; - procedure MarkSrc; - procedure PasteText; - procedure CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer); - procedure CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer); - //Note Name Mod - function GetNoteName(Note: integer): string; - public - Tex_Background: TTexture; - FadeOut: boolean; - constructor Create; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure OnHide; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UDraw, - UNote, - USkins, - ULanguage, - UTextEncoding, - UUnicodeUtils, - UPath; - - -procedure OnSaveEncodingError(Value: boolean; Data: Pointer); -var - SResult: TSaveSongResult; - FilePath: IPath; - Success: boolean; -begin - Success := false; - if (Value) then - begin - CurrentSong.Encoding := encUTF8; - FilePath := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.FileName); - // create backup file - FilePath.CopyFile(Path(FilePath.ToUTF8 + '.ansi.bak'), false); - // store in UTF-8 encoding - SResult := SaveSong(CurrentSong, Lines[0], FilePath, - boolean(Data)); - Success := (SResult = ssrOK); - end; - - if (Success) then - ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED')) - else - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED')); -end; - -// Method for input parsing. If false is returned, GetNextWindow -// should be checked to know the next window to load; -function TScreenEditSub.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - SDL_ModState: word; - R: real; - SResult: TSaveSongResult; -begin - Result := true; - - if TextEditMode then - begin - Result := ParseInputEditText(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown); - end - else - begin - - SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT - + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS}); - - if (PressedDown) then // Key Down - begin - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - Ord('S'): - begin - // Save Song - SResult := SaveSong(CurrentSong, Lines[0], CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.FileName), - (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT)); - if (SResult = ssrOK) then - begin - ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED')); - end - else if (SResult = ssrEncodingError) then - begin - ScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ENCODING_ERROR_ASK_FOR_UTF8'), OnSaveEncodingError, - Pointer(SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT), true); - end - else - begin - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED')); - end; - Exit; - end; - Ord('D'): - begin - // Divide lengths by 2 - DivideBPM; - Exit; - end; - Ord('M'): - begin - // Multiply lengths by 2 - MultiplyBPM; - Exit; - end; - Ord('C'): - begin - // Capitalize letter at the beginning of line - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - LyricsCapitalize; - - // Correct spaces - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - LyricsCorrectSpaces; - - // Copy sentence - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - MarkSrc; - - Exit; - end; - Ord('V'): - begin - // Paste text - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote >= Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].HighNote then - PasteText - else - Log.LogStatus('PasteText: invalid range', 'TScreenEditSub.ParseInput'); - end; - - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current); - end; - end; - Ord('T'): - begin - // Fixes timings between sentences - FixTimings; - Exit; - end; - Ord('P'): - begin - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - // Play Sentence - Click := true; - AudioPlayback.Stop; - R := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start); - if R <= AudioPlayback.Length then - begin - AudioPlayback.Position := R; - PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - PlaySentence := true; - AudioPlayback.Play; - LastClick := -100; - end; - end - else if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - PlaySentenceMidi := true; - - MidiTime := USTime.GetTime; - MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start); - MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - - LastClick := -100; - end - else if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - PlaySentenceMidi := true; - MidiTime := USTime.GetTime; - MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start); - MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - LastClick := -100; - - PlaySentence := true; - Click := true; - AudioPlayback.Stop; - AudioPlayback.Position := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start)+0{-0.10}; - PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_)+0; - AudioPlayback.Play; - LastClick := -100; - end; - Exit; - end; - - // Golden Note - Ord('G'): - begin - if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType = ntGolden) then - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntNormal - else - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntGolden; - - Exit; - end; - - // Freestyle Note - Ord('F'): - begin - if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType = ntFreestyle) then - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntNormal - else - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntFreestyle; - - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenSong); - end; - - SDLK_BACKQUOTE: - begin - // Increase Note Length (same as Alt + Right) - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length); - if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - end; - - SDLK_EQUALS: - begin - // Increase BPM - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) + 1) / 5; // (1/20) - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM + 4; // (1/1) - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) + 1) / 25; // (1/100) - end; - - SDLK_MINUS: - begin - // Decrease BPM - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) - 1) / 5; - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM - 4; - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) - 1) / 25; - end; - - SDLK_4: - begin - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current); - CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Lines[0].Current+1); - CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Lines[0].Current+2); - CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Lines[0].Current+3); - end; - - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then - begin - CopySentences(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current, 4); - end; - end; - SDLK_5: - begin - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current); - CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Lines[0].Current+1); - CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Lines[0].Current+2); - CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Lines[0].Current+3); - CopySentence(CopySrc+4, Lines[0].Current+4); - end; - - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then - begin - CopySentences(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current, 5); - end; - end; - - SDLK_9: - begin - // Decrease GAP - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP - 10; - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP - 1000; - end; - SDLK_0: - begin - // Increase GAP - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP + 10; - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP + 1000; - end; - - SDLK_KP_PLUS: - begin - // Increase tone of all notes - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - ChangeWholeTone(1); - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - ChangeWholeTone(12); - end; - - SDLK_KP_MINUS: - begin - // Decrease tone of all notes - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - ChangeWholeTone(-1); - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - ChangeWholeTone(-12); - end; - - SDLK_SLASH: - begin - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - // Insert start of sentece - if CurrentNote > 0 then - DivideSentence; - end; - - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - // Join next sentence with current - if Lines[0].Current < Lines[0].High then - JoinSentence; - end; - - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - // divide note - DivideNote; - end; - - end; - - SDLK_F4: - begin - // Enter Text Edit Mode - TextEditMode := true; - end; - - SDLK_SPACE: - begin - // Play Sentence - PlaySentenceMidi := false; // stop midi - PlaySentence := true; - Click := false; - AudioPlayback.Stop; - AudioPlayback.Position := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start); - PlayStopTime := (GetTimeFromBeat( - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start + - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length)); - AudioPlayback.Play; - LastClick := -100; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - end; - - SDLK_DELETE: - begin - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - // moves text to right in current sentence - DeleteNote; - end; - end; - - SDLK_PERIOD: - begin - // moves text to right in current sentence - MoveTextToRight; - end; - - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - // right - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1; - Inc(CurrentNote); - if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then - CurrentNote := 0; - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote; - end; - - // ctrl + right - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length > 1 then - begin - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length); - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start); - if CurrentNote = 0 then - begin - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start); - end; - end; - end; - - // shift + right - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start); - if CurrentNote = 0 then - begin - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start); - end; - if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - end; - - // alt + right - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then - begin - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length); - if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - end; - - // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to right - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - MoveAllToEnd(1); - end; - - end; - - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - // left - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1; - Dec(CurrentNote); - if CurrentNote = -1 then - CurrentNote := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote; - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote; - end; - - // ctrl + left - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start); - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length); - if CurrentNote = 0 then - begin - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start); - end; - end; - - // shift + left - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start); - - // resizing sentences - if CurrentNote = 0 then - begin - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start); - end; - - if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - - end; - - // alt + left - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then - begin - if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length > 1 then - begin - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length); - if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then - Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_); - end; - end; - - // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to left - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then - begin - MoveAllToEnd(-1); - end; - - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - - // skip to next sentence - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60, 127); - PlaySentenceMidi := false; - {$ENDIF} - - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1; - Inc(Lines[0].Current); - CurrentNote := 0; - if Lines[0].Current > Lines[0].High then - Lines[0].Current := 0; - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - - Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current); - Lyric.Selected := 0; - AudioPlayback.Stop; - PlaySentence := false; - end; - - // decrease tone - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - TransposeNote(-1); - end; - - end; - - SDLK_UP: - begin - - // skip to previous sentence - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60, 127); - PlaySentenceMidi := false; - {$endif} - - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1; - Dec(Lines[0].Current); - CurrentNote := 0; - if Lines[0].Current = -1 then - Lines[0].Current := Lines[0].High; - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - - Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current); - Lyric.Selected := 0; - AudioPlayback.Stop; - PlaySentence := false; - end; - - // increase tone - if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then - begin - TransposeNote(1); - end; - end; - - end; // case - end; - end; // if -end; - -function TScreenEditSub.ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - SDL_ModState: word; -begin - // used when in Text Edit Mode - Result := true; - - SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT - + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS}); - - if (PressedDown) then - begin - // check normal keys - if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then - begin - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text := - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode); - Exit; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - - SDLK_ESCAPE: - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenSong); - end; - SDLK_F4, SDLK_RETURN: - begin - // Exit Text Edit Mode - TextEditMode := false; - end; - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - UTF8Delete(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text, - LengthUTF8(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text), 1); - end; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - // right - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1; - Inc(CurrentNote); - if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then - CurrentNote := 0; - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote; - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - // left - if SDL_ModState = 0 then - begin - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1; - Dec(CurrentNote); - if CurrentNote = -1 then - CurrentNote := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote; - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -{ -procedure TScreenEditSub.NewBeat; -begin - // click - for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNut do - if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = Czas.AktBeat) then - Music.PlayClick; -end; -} - -procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideBPM; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; -begin - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 2; - for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Start div 2; - Lines[0].Line[C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[C].End_ div 2; - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start div 2; - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length := Round(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length / 2); - end; // N - end; // C -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.MultiplyBPM; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; -begin - CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 2; - for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Start * 2; - Lines[0].Line[C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[C].End_ * 2; - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start * 2; - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length * 2; - end; // N - end; // C -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCapitalize; -var - C: integer; - //N: integer; // temporary - S: string; -begin - // temporary - { - for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNut do - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := UTF8LowerCase(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text); - } - - for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do - begin - S := AnsiUpperCase(Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 1, 1)); - S := S + Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 2, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text)-1); - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := S; - end; // C -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCorrectSpaces; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; -begin - for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do - begin - // correct starting spaces in the first word - while Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 1, 1) = ' ' do - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 2, 100); - - // move spaces on the start to the end of the previous note - for N := 1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - while (Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 1, 1) = ' ') do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 2, 100); - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text + ' '; - end; - end; // N - - // correct '-' to '- ' - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - if Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text = '-' then - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := '- '; - end; // N - - // add space to the previous note when the current word is '- ' - for N := 1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - if Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text = '- ' then - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text + ' '; - end; // N - - // correct too many spaces at the end of note - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - while Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text)-1, 2) = ' ' do - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 1, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text)-1); - end; // N - - // and correct if there is no space at the end of sentence - N := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote; - if Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text), 1) <> ' ' then - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text + ' '; - - end; // C -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.FixTimings; -var - C: integer; - S: integer; - Min: integer; - Max: integer; -begin - for C := 1 to Lines[0].High do - begin - with Lines[0].Line[C-1] do - begin - Min := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length; - Max := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Start; - case (Max - Min) of - 0: S := Max; - 1: S := Max; - 2: S := Max - 1; - 3: S := Max - 2; - else - if ((Max - Min) > 4) then - S := Min + 2 - else - S := Max; - end; // case - - Lines[0].Line[C].Start := S; - end; // with - end; // for -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideSentence; -var - C: integer; - CStart: integer; - CNew: integer; - CLen: integer; - N: integer; - NStart: integer; - NHigh: integer; -begin - // increase sentence length by 1 - CLen := Length(Lines[0].Line); - SetLength(Lines[0].Line, CLen + 1); - Inc(Lines[0].Number); - Inc(Lines[0].High); - - // move needed sentences to one forward. newly has the copy of divided sentence - CStart := Lines[0].Current; - for C := CLen-1 downto CStart do - Lines[0].Line[C+1] := Lines[0].Line[C]; - - // clear and set new sentence - CNew := CStart + 1; - NStart := CurrentNote; - Lines[0].Line[CNew].Start := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart].Start; - Lines[0].Line[CNew].Lyric := ''; - Lines[0].Line[CNew].End_ := 0; - Lines[0].Line[CNew].BaseNote := 0;//High(integer); // TODO: High (integer) will causes a memory exception later in this procedure. Weird! - Lines[0].Line[CNew].HighNote := -1; - SetLength(Lines[0].Line[CNew].Note, 0); - - // move right notes to new sentences - NHigh := Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote; - for N := NStart to NHigh do - begin - // increase sentence counters - with Lines[0].Line[CNew] do - begin - Inc(HighNote); - SetLength(Note, HighNote + 1); - Note[HighNote] := Note[N]; - End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length; - - if Note[HighNote].Tone < BaseNote then - BaseNote := Note[HighNote].Tone; - end; - end; - - // clear old notes and set sentence counters - Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote := NStart - 1; - Lines[0].Line[CStart].End_ := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart-1].Start + - Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart-1].Length; - SetLength(Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note, Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote + 1); - - //recalculate BaseNote of the divided Sentence - with Lines[0].Line[CStart] do - begin - BaseNote := High(integer); - - for N := 0 to HighNote do - if Note[N].Tone < BaseNote then - BaseNote := Note[N].Tone; - end; - - Lines[0].Current := Lines[0].Current + 1; - CurrentNote := 0; - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current); -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.JoinSentence; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; - NStart: integer; - NDst: integer; -begin - C := Lines[0].Current; - - // set new sentence - NStart := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1; - Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + Lines[0].Line[C+1].HighNote + 1; - SetLength(Lines[0].Line[C].Note, Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1); - - // move right notes to new sentences - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C+1].HighNote do - begin - NDst := NStart + N; - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst] := Lines[0].Line[C+1].Note[N]; - end; - - // increase sentence counters - NDst := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote; - Lines[0].Line[C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst].Start + - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst].Length; - - // move needed sentences to one backward. - for C := Lines[0].Current + 1 to Lines[0].High - 1 do - Lines[0].Line[C] := Lines[0].Line[C+1]; - - // increase sentence length by 1 - SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Length(Lines[0].Line) - 1); - Dec(Lines[0].Number); - Dec(Lines[0].High); -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideNote; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; -begin - C := Lines[0].Current; - - with Lines[0].Line[C] do - begin - Inc(HighNote); - SetLength(Note, HighNote + 1); - - // we copy all notes including selected one - for N := HighNote downto CurrentNote+1 do - begin - Note[N] := Note[N-1]; - end; - - // me slightly modify new note - Note[CurrentNote].Length := 1; - Inc(Note[CurrentNote+1].Start); - Dec(Note[CurrentNote+1].Length); - Note[CurrentNote+1].Text := '- '; - Note[CurrentNote+1].Color := 1; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.DeleteNote; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; -begin - C := Lines[0].Current; - - //Do Not delete Last Note - if (Lines[0].High > 0) or (Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote > 0) then - begin - - // we copy all notes from the next to the selected one - for N := CurrentNote+1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1] := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N]; - end; - - Dec(Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote); - if (Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote >= 0) then - begin - SetLength(Lines[0].Line[C].Note, Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1); - - // me slightly modify new note - if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote then - Dec(CurrentNote); - - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - end - //Last Note of current Sentence Deleted - > Delete Sentence - else - begin - //Move all Sentences after the current to the Left - for N := C+1 to Lines[0].High do - Lines[0].Line[N-1] := Lines[0].Line[N]; - - //Delete Last Sentence - SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Lines[0].High); - Lines[0].High := High(Lines[0].Line); - Lines[0].Number := Length(Lines[0].Line); - - CurrentNote := 0; - if (C > 0) then - Lines[0].Current := C - 1 - else - Lines[0].Current := 0; - - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.TransposeNote(Transpose: integer); -begin - Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone, Transpose); -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer); -var - C: integer; - N: integer; -begin - for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].BaseNote := Lines[0].Line[C].BaseNote + Tone; - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Tone := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Tone + Tone; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer); -var - C: integer; - N: integer; - NStart: integer; -begin - for C := Lines[0].Current to Lines[0].High do - begin - NStart := 0; - if C = Lines[0].Current then - NStart := CurrentNote; - for N := NStart to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do - begin - Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start, Move); // move note start - - if N = 0 then - begin // fix beginning - Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].Start, Move); - end; - - if N = Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote then // fix ending - Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].End_, Move); - - end; // for - end; // for -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveTextToRight; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; - NHigh: integer; -begin - { - C := Lines[0].Current; - - for N := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNut downto 1 do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text; - end; // for - - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := '- '; - } - - C := Lines[0].Current; - NHigh := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote; - - // last word - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh-1].Text + Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh].Text; - - // other words - for N := NHigh - 1 downto CurrentNote + 1 do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text; - end; // for - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[CurrentNote].Text := '- '; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.MarkSrc; -begin - CopySrc := Lines[0].Current; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.PasteText; -var - C: integer; - N: integer; -begin - C := Lines[0].Current; - - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].HighNote do - Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].Note[N].Text; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer); -var - N: integer; - Time1: integer; - Time2: integer; - TD: integer; -begin - Time1 := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[0].Start; - Time2 := Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[0].Start; - TD := Time2-Time1; - - SetLength(Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note, Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote + 1); - Lines[0].Line[Dst].HighNote := Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote; - for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote do - begin - Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Text; - Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Length := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Length; - Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Tone := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Tone; - Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Start := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Start + TD; - end; - N := Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote; - Lines[0].Line[Dst].End_ := Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Start + Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Length; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer); -var - C: integer; -begin - // create place for new sentences - SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Lines[0].Number + Num - 1); - - // moves sentences next to the destination - for C := Lines[0].High downto Dst + 1 do - begin - Lines[0].Line[C + Num - 1] := Lines[0].Line[C]; - end; - - // prepares new sentences: sets sentence start and create first note - for C := 1 to Num-1 do - begin - Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C - 1].Note[0].Start + - (Lines[0].Line[Src + C].Note[0].Start - Lines[0].Line[Src + C - 1].Note[0].Start); - SetLength(Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note, 1); - Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].HighNote := 0; - Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note[0].Start := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start; - Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note[0].Length := 1; - Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start + 1; - end; - - // increase counters - Lines[0].Number := Lines[0].Number + Num - 1; - Lines[0].High := Lines[0].High + Num - 1; - - for C := 0 to Num-1 do - CopySentence(Src + C, Dst + C); -end; - -constructor TScreenEditSub.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - SetLength(Player, 1); - - // line - AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddText(40, 17, 1, 18, 1, 1, 1, 'Line'); - TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 24, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0'); - - // Note - AddStatic(220, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddText(242, 17, 1, 18, 1, 1, 1, 'Note'); - TextNote := AddText(320, 14, 1, 24, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0'); - - // file info - AddStatic(150, 50, 500, 150, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddStatic(151, 52, 498, 146, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddText(180, 65, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:'); - AddText(180, 90, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:'); - AddText(180, 115, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Mp3:'); - AddText(180, 140, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:'); - AddText(180, 165, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:'); - - TextTitle := AddText(250, 65, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a'); - TextArtist := AddText(250, 90, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'b'); - TextMp3 := AddText(250, 115, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'c'); - TextBPM := AddText(250, 140, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'd'); - TextGAP := AddText(250, 165, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'e'); - -{ AddInteraction(2, TextTitle); - AddInteraction(2, TextArtist); - AddInteraction(2, TextMp3); - AddInteraction(2, TextBPM); - AddInteraction(2, TextGAP);} - - // note info - AddText(20, 190, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:'); - AddText(20, 215, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Duration:'); - AddText(20, 240, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Tone:'); - AddText(20, 265, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Text:'); - - TextNStart := AddText(120, 190, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a'); - TextNLength := AddText(120, 215, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'b'); - TextNTon := AddText(120, 240, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'c'); - TextNText := AddText(120, 265, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'd'); - - // debug - TextDebug := AddText(30, 550, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, ''); - -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.OnShow; -var - FileExt: IPath; -begin - inherited; - - Log.LogStatus('Initializing', 'TEditScreen.OnShow'); - Lyric := TEditorLyrics.Create; - - ResetSingTemp; - - try - //Check if File is XML - FileExt := CurrentSong.FileName.GetExtension; - if FileExt.ToUTF8 = '.xml' then - Error := not CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong() - else - begin - // reread header with custom tags - Error := not CurrentSong.Analyse(true); - if not Error then - Error := not CurrentSong.LoadSong; - end; - except - Error := true; - end; - - if Error then - begin - //Error Loading Song -> Go back to Song Screen and Show some Error Message - FadeTo(@ScreenSong); - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup (Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG')); - Exit; - end - else - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil); - if Ini.Debug = 1 then - MidiOut.ProductName := 'Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth'; // for my kxproject without midi table - MidiOut.Open; - {$ENDIF} - Text[TextTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Title; - Text[TextArtist].Text := CurrentSong.Artist; - Text[TextMp3].Text := CurrentSong.Mp3.ToUTF8; - - Lines[0].Current := 0; - CurrentNote := 0; - Lines[0].Line[0].Note[0].Color := 2; - AudioPlayback.Open(CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Mp3)); - //Set Down Music Volume for Better hearability of Midi Sounds - //Music.SetVolume(0.4); - - Lyric.Clear; - Lyric.X := 400; - Lyric.Y := 500; - Lyric.Align := atCenter; - Lyric.Size := 42; - Lyric.ColR := 0; - Lyric.ColG := 0; - Lyric.ColB := 0; - Lyric.ColSR := Skin_FontHighlightR; - Lyric.ColSG := Skin_FontHighlightG; - Lyric.ColSB := Skin_FontHighlightB; - Lyric.AddLine(0); - Lyric.Selected := 0; - - NotesH := 7; - NotesW := 4; - - end; - -// Interaction := 0; - TextEditMode := false; -end; - -function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean; -var - Pet: integer; - AktBeat: integer; -begin - glClearColor(1,1,1,1); - - // midi music - if PlaySentenceMidi then - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiPos := USTime.GetTime - MidiTime + MidiStart; - - // stop the music - if (MidiPos > MidiStop) then - begin - MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60, 127); - PlaySentenceMidi := false; - end; - {$ENDIF} - - // click - AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(MidiPos - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000)); - Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat); - - if AktBeat <> LastClick then - begin - for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do - if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then - begin - - LastClick := AktBeat; - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - if Pet > 0 then - MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet-1].Tone + 60, 127); - MidiOut.PutShort($91, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Tone + 60, 127); - MidiLastNote := Pet; - {$ENDIF} - - end; - end; - end; // if PlaySentenceMidi - - // mp3 music - if PlaySentence then - begin - // stop the music - if (AudioPlayback.Position > PlayStopTime) then - begin - AudioPlayback.Stop; - PlaySentence := false; - end; - - // click - if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then - begin -// AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60); - AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(AudioPlayback.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000)); - Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat); - if AktBeat <> LastClick then - begin - for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do - if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound( SoundLib.Click ); - LastClick := AktBeat; - end; - end; - end; // click - end; // if PlaySentence - - - Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Lines[0].Current + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Lines[0].Number); - Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(CurrentNote + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote + 1); - - // Song info - Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4); - Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP); - - //Error reading Variables when no Song is loaded - if not Error then - begin - // Note info - Text[TextNStart].Text := IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start); - Text[TextNLength].Text := IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length); - Text[TextNTon].Text := IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone) + ' ( ' + GetNoteName(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone) + ' )'; - Text[TextNText].Text := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text; - end; - - // Text Edit Mode - if TextEditMode then - Text[TextNText].Text := Text[TextNText].Text + '|'; - - // draw static menu - inherited Draw; - - // draw notes - SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15); - //Error Drawing when no Song is loaded - if not Error then - begin - SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0); - EditDrawLine(40, 405, 760, 0, 15); - end; - - // draw text - Lyric.Draw; - - Result := true; -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.OnHide; -begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - MidiOut.Close; - MidiOut.Free; - {$ENDIF} - Lyric.Free; - //Music.SetVolume(1.0); -end; - -function TScreenEditSub.GetNoteName(Note: integer): string; -var - N1, N2: integer; -begin - if (Note > 0) then - begin - N1 := Note mod 12; - N2 := Note div 12; - end - else - begin - N1 := (Note + (-Trunc(Note/12)+1)*12) mod 12; - N2 := -1; - end; - - case N1 of - 0: Result := 'c'; - 1: Result := 'c#'; - 2: Result := 'd'; - 3: Result := 'd#'; - 4: Result := 'e'; - 5: Result := 'f'; - 6: Result := 'f#'; - 7: Result := 'g'; - 8: Result := 'g#'; - 9: Result := 'a'; - 10: Result := 'b'; - 11: Result := 'h'; - end; - - case N2 of - 0: Result := UpperCase(Result); //Normal Uppercase Note, 1: Normal lowercase Note - 2: Result := Result + ''''; //One Striped - 3: Result := Result + ''''''; //Two Striped - 4: Result := Result + ''''''''; //etc. - 5: Result := Result + ''''''''''; - 6: Result := Result + ''''''''''''; - 7: Result := Result + ''''''''''''''; - end; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas b/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 1ead9773..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenLevel; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - SysUtils, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenLevel = class(TMenu) - public - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - USong, - UTexture, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenLevel.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - - if Ini.OnSongClick = sSelectPlayer then - FadeTo(@ScreenMain) - else - FadeTo(@ScreenName); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - Ini.Difficulty := Interaction; - Ini.SaveLevel; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - //Set Standard Mode - ScreenSong.Mode := smNormal; - FadeTo(@ScreenSong); - end; - - // Up and Down could be done at the same time, - // but I don't want to declare variables inside - // functions like this one, called so many times - SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext; - SDLK_UP: InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext; - SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenLevel.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Level); - - AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonEasy); - AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonMedium); - AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonHard); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenLevel.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := Ini.Difficulty; -end; - -procedure TScreenLevel.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas b/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas deleted file mode 100644 index e368f181..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenLoading; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - SysUtils, - UThemes, - gl; - -type - TScreenLoading = class(TMenu) - public - Fadeout: boolean; - - constructor Create; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UTime; - -function TScreenLoading.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; -end; - -constructor TScreenLoading.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Loading); - - Fadeout := false; -end; - -procedure TScreenLoading.OnShow; -begin - inherited; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas b/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas deleted file mode 100644 index ca4ba7cc..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenMain; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - SysUtils, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenMain = class(TMenu) - public - TextDescription: integer; - TextDescriptionLong: integer; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; - PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetInteraction(Num: integer); override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UNote, - UIni, - UTexture, - USongs, - Textgl, - ULanguage, - UParty, - UDLLManager, - UScreenCredits, - USkins, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; - PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - SDL_ModState: word; -begin - Result := true; - - SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT + - KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT); - - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - Ord('C'): begin - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenCredits, SoundLib.Start); - Exit; - end; - end; - Ord('M'): begin - if (Ini.Players >= 1) and (Length(DLLMan.Plugins) >= 1) then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions, SoundLib.Start); - Exit; - end; - end; - - Ord('S'): begin - FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain, SoundLib.Start); - Exit; - end; - - Ord('E'): begin - FadeTo(@ScreenEdit, SoundLib.Start); - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - Result := false; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - //Solo - if (Interaction = 0) then - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count >= 1) then - begin - if (Ini.Players >= 0) and (Ini.Players <= 3) then - PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1; - if (Ini.Players = 4) then - PlayersPlay := 6; - - if Ini.OnSongClick = sSelectPlayer then - FadeTo(@ScreenLevel) - else - begin - ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := false; - FadeTo(@ScreenName, SoundLib.Start); - end; - end - else //show error message - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS')); - end; - - //Multi - if Interaction = 1 then - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count >= 1) then - begin - if (Length(DLLMan.Plugins) >= 1) then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions, SoundLib.Start); - end - else //show error message, No Plugins Loaded - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_PLUGINS')); - end - else //show error message, No Songs Loaded - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS')); - end; - - //Stats - if Interaction = 2 then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain, SoundLib.Start); - end; - - //Editor - if Interaction = 3 then - begin - {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort} - FadeTo(@ScreenEdit, SoundLib.Start); - {$ELSE} - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_EDITOR')); - {$ENDIF} - end; - - //Options - if Interaction = 4 then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions, SoundLib.Start); - end; - - //Exit - if Interaction = 5 then - begin - Result := false; - end; - end; - {** - * Up and Down could be done at the same time, - * but I don't want to declare variables inside - * functions like this one, called so many times - *} - SDLK_DOWN: InteractInc; - SDLK_UP: InteractDec; - SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext; - SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev; - end; - end - else // Key Up - case PressedKey of - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenMain.Create; -begin - inherited Create; -{** - * Attention ^^: - * New Creation Order needed because of LoadFromTheme - * and Button Collections. - * At First Custom Texts and Statics - * Then LoadFromTheme - * after LoadFromTheme the Buttons and Selects - *} - TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescription); - TextDescriptionLong := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescriptionLong); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Main); - - AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonSolo); - AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonMulti); - AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonStat); - AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonEditor); - AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonOptions); - AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonExit); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenMain.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - { display cursor (on moved) } - Display.SetCursor; - -{** - * Start background music - *} - SoundLib.StartBgMusic; -end; - -procedure TScreenMain.SetInteraction(Num: integer); -begin - inherited SetInteraction(Num); - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction]; - Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - Static[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Static[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenName.pas b/src/screens/UScreenName.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 42af50d7..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenName.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenName; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SysUtils, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UFiles, - UMenu, - UMusic, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenName = class(TMenu) - public - Goto_SingScreen: boolean; //If true then next Screen in SingScreen - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UCommon, - UGraphic, - UIni, - UNote, - UTexture, - UUnicodeUtils; - - -function TScreenName.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - I: integer; - SDL_ModState: word; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - - SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT - + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT); - - // check normal keys - if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text + - UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode); - Exit; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - // Templates for Names Mod - SDLK_F1: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0]; - end; - SDLK_F2: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1]; - end; - SDLK_F3: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2]; - end; - SDLK_F4: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3]; - end; - SDLK_F5: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4]; - end; - SDLK_F6: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5]; - end; - SDLK_F7: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6]; - end; - SDLK_F8: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7]; - end; - SDLK_F9: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8]; - end; - SDLK_F10: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9]; - end; - SDLK_F11: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10]; - end; - SDLK_F12: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11]; - end; - - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter(); - end; - - SDLK_ESCAPE : - begin - Ini.SaveNames; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - if GoTo_SingScreen then - FadeTo(@ScreenSong) - else - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - for I := 1 to 6 do - Ini.Name[I-1] := Button[I-1].Text[0].Text; - Ini.SaveNames; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - - if GoTo_SingScreen then - FadeTo(@ScreenSing) - else - FadeTo(@ScreenLevel); - - GoTo_SingScreen := false; - end; - - // Up and Down could be done at the same time, - // but I don't want to declare variables inside - // functions like this one, called so many times - SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext; - SDLK_UP: InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext; - SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenName.Create; -var - I: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Name); - - for I := 1 to 6 do - AddButton(Theme.Name.ButtonPlayer[I]); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenName.OnShow; -var - I: integer; -begin - inherited; - - for I := 1 to 6 do - Button[I-1].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1]; - - for I := 1 to PlayersPlay do - begin - Button[I-1].Visible := true; - Button[I-1].Selectable := true; - end; - - for I := PlayersPlay+1 to 6 do - begin - Button[I-1].Visible := false; - Button[I-1].Selectable := false; - end; - -end; - -procedure TScreenName.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -var - I: integer; -begin - for I := 1 to 6 do - Button[I-1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 70b883c4..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOpen; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - Math, - SysUtils, - gl, - SDL, - UPath, - UMenu, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UTime, - USongs, - UIni, - ULog, - UTexture, - UMenuText, - ULyrics, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenOpen = class(TMenu) - private - //fTextF: array[0..1] of integer; - fTextN: integer; // text-box ID of filename - fFilename: IPath; - fBackScreen: PMenu; - - procedure AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real); - public - constructor Create; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - - {** - * Set by the caller to provide a default filename. - * Set to the selected filename after calling this screen or to PATH_NONE - * if the screen was aborted. - * TODO: maybe pass this value with a callback OnValueChanged() - *} - property Filename: IPath READ fFilename WRITE fFilename; - {** The screen that is shown after this screen is closed (set by the caller) *} - property BackScreen: PMenu READ fBackScreen WRITE fBackScreen; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UDraw, - UMain, - UScreenEditConvert, - USkins, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenOpen.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - - if (PressedDown) then // Key Down - begin - // check normal keys - if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then - begin - if (Interaction = 0) then - begin - Text[fTextN].Text := Text[fTextN].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode); - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_BACKSPACE: // del - begin - if Interaction = 0 then - begin - Text[fTextN].DeleteLastLetter; - end; - end; - - SDLK_ESCAPE: - begin - //Empty Filename and go to last Screen - fFileName := PATH_NONE; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(fBackScreen); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if (Interaction = 2) then - begin - //Update Filename and go to last Screen - fFileName := Path(Text[fTextN].Text); - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(fBackScreen); - end - else if (Interaction = 1) then - begin - //Empty Filename and go to last Screen - fFileName := PATH_NONE; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(fBackScreen); - end; - end; - - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - InteractPrev; - end; - - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - InteractNext; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - end; - - SDLK_UP: - begin - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenOpen.AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real); -begin - AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddStatic(X+2, Y+2, W-4, H-4, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); -end; - -constructor TScreenOpen.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - fFilename := PATH_NONE; - - // line - { - AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MainBar', 'JPG', TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddText(35, 17, 1, 18, 1, 1, 1, 'line'); - TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 24, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0'); - } - - // file list - //AddBox(400, 100, 350, 450); - - //TextF[0] := AddText(430, 155, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a'); - //TextF[1] := AddText(430, 180, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a'); - - // file name - AddBox(20, 540, 500, 40); - fTextN := AddText(50, 548, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, fFileName.ToUTF8); - AddInteraction(iText, fTextN); - - // buttons - {AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF); - AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel'); - - AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF); - AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');} - // buttons - AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel'); - - AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF')); - AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK'); - -end; - -procedure TScreenOpen.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := 0; - Text[fTextN].Text := fFilename.ToUTF8(); -end; - -(* -function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean; -var - Min: integer; - Sec: integer; - AktBeat: integer; -begin - -end; - -procedure TScreenEditSub.Finish; -begin -// -end; -*) - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 3a046400..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptions; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - SysUtils, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UIni, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenOptions = class(TMenu) - public - TextDescription: integer; - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure InteractNext; override; - procedure InteractPrev; override; - procedure InteractNextRow; override; - procedure InteractPrevRow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if SelInteraction = 0 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsGame); - end; - - if SelInteraction = 1 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsGraphics); - end; - - if SelInteraction = 2 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsSound); - end; - - if SelInteraction = 3 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsLyrics); - end; - - if SelInteraction = 4 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsThemes); - end; - - if SelInteraction = 5 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsRecord); - end; - - if SelInteraction = 6 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsAdvanced); - end; - - if SelInteraction = 7 then - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: InteractNextRow; - SDLK_UP: InteractPrevRow; - SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext; - SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenOptions.Create; -//var -// I: integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable -begin - inherited Create; - - TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Options.TextDescription); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Options); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonGame); - if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[0]); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonGraphics); - if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[1]); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonSound); - if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[2]); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonLyrics); - if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[3]); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonThemes); - if (Length(Button[4].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[4]); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonRecord); - if (Length(Button[5].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[5]); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonAdvanced); - if (Length(Button[6].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[6]); - - AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[7].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptions.OnShow; -begin - inherited; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptions.InteractNext; -begin - inherited InteractNext; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptions.InteractPrev; -begin - inherited InteractPrev; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptions.InteractNextRow; -begin - inherited InteractNextRow; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptions.InteractPrevRow; -begin - inherited InteractPrevRow; - Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction]; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[4].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[5].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[6].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[7].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 7116ad40..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptionsAdvanced; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UIni, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenOptionsAdvanced = class(TMenu) - public - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UUnicodeUtils, - SysUtils; - -function TScreenOptionsAdvanced.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - // Escape -> save nothing - just leave this screen - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm - //if SelInteraction = 7 then begin - if SelInteraction = 6 then - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - InteractNext; - SDLK_UP : - InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm - //if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 6) then begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm - //if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 6) then begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenOptionsAdvanced.Create; -//var -// I: integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsAdvanced); - - //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm - //AddSelect(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLoadAnimation, Ini.LoadAnimation, ILoadAnimationTranslated); - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade, Ini.ScreenFade, IScreenFadeTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing, Ini.EffectSing, IEffectSingTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus, Ini.LineBonus, ILineBonusTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick, Ini.OnSongClick, IOnSongClickTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel, Ini.AskBeforeDel, IAskbeforeDelTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup, Ini.PartyPopup, IPartyPopupTranslated); - - AddButton(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsAdvanced.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas deleted file mode 100644 index caeaad6e..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptionsGame; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UIni, - UThemes, - USongs; - -type - TScreenOptionsGame = class(TMenu) - public - old_Tabs, old_Sorting: integer; - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure RefreshSongs; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UUnicodeUtils, - SysUtils; - -function TScreenOptionsGame.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if PressedDown then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - RefreshSongs; - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if SelInteraction = 6 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - RefreshSongs; - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - InteractNext; - SDLK_UP : - InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenOptionsGame.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGame); - - //Refresh Songs Patch - old_Sorting := Ini.Sorting; - old_Tabs := Ini.Tabs; - - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers, Ini.Players, IPlayers); - - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty, Ini.Difficulty, IDifficultyTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage, Ini.Language, ILanguageTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs, Ini.Tabs, ITabsTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting, Ini.Sorting, ISortingTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug, Ini.Debug, IDebugTranslated); - - - - AddButton(Theme.OptionsGame.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - -end; - -//Refresh Songs Patch -procedure TScreenOptionsGame.RefreshSongs; -begin - if (ini.Sorting <> old_Sorting) or (ini.Tabs <> old_Tabs) then - ScreenSong.Refresh; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsGame.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - -// Interaction := 0; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 8ca13f09..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptionsGraphics; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UIni, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenOptionsGraphics = class(TMenu) - public - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UUnicodeUtils, - SysUtils; - -function TScreenOptionsGraphics.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - // Escape -> save nothing - just leave this screen - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin -{ if SelInteraction <= 1 then - begin - Restart := true; - end;} - if SelInteraction = 6 then - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - // FIXME: changing the video mode does not work this way in windows - // and MacOSX as all textures will be invalidated through this. - // See the ALT+TAB code too. - {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)} - Reinitialize3D(); - {$IFEND} - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - InteractNext; - SDLK_UP : - InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 6) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 6) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenOptionsGraphics.Create; -//var -// I: integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable -begin - inherited Create; - LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGraphics); - - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution, Ini.Resolution, IResolution); - - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen, Ini.Fullscreen, IFullScreenTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth, Ini.Depth, IDepth); - - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer, Ini.VisualizerOption, IVisualizerTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope, Ini.Oscilloscope, IOscilloscopeTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize, Ini.MovieSize, IMovieSizeTranslated); - - AddButton(Theme.OptionsGraphics.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsGraphics.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 0ef4e2a6..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptionsLyrics; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UIni, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenOptionsLyrics = class(TMenu) - public - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UUnicodeUtils, - SysUtils; - -function TScreenOptionsLyrics.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - // Escape -> save nothing - just leave this screen - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if SelInteraction = 3 then - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - InteractNext; - SDLK_UP : - InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenOptionsLyrics.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsLyrics); - - Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont, Ini.LyricsFont, ILyricsFontTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect, Ini.LyricsEffect, ILyricsEffectTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines, Ini.NoteLines, INoteLinesTranslated); - - AddButton(Theme.OptionsLyrics.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsLyrics.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 828c20f6..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,813 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptionsRecord; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UThemes, - UMusic, - URecord, - UMenu; - -type - TDrawState = record - ChannelIndex: integer; - R, G, B: real; // mapped player color (normal) - RD, GD, BD: real; // mapped player color (dark) - end; - - TPeakInfo = record - Volume: single; - Time: cardinal; - end; - - TScreenOptionsRecord = class(TMenu) - private - // max. count of input-channels determined for all devices - MaxChannelCount: integer; - - // current input device - CurrentDeviceIndex: integer; - PreviewDeviceIndex: integer; - - // string arrays for select-slide options - InputSourceNames: array of UTF8String; - InputDeviceNames: array of UTF8String; - - // dynamic generated themes for channel select-sliders - SelectSlideChannelTheme: array of TThemeSelectSlide; - - // indices for widget-updates - SelectInputSourceID: integer; - SelectSlideChannelID: array of integer; - - // interaction IDs - ExitButtonIID: integer; - - // dummy data for non-available channels - ChannelToPlayerMapDummy: integer; - - // preview channel-buffers - PreviewChannel: array of TCaptureBuffer; - ChannelPeak: array of TPeakInfo; - - // Device source volume - SourceVolume: single; - NextVolumePollTime: cardinal; - - procedure StartPreview; - procedure StopPreview; - procedure UpdateInputDevice; - procedure ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single); - procedure DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single); - procedure DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single); - procedure DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single); - public - constructor Create; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure OnHide; override; - end; - -const - PeakDecay = 0.2; // strength of peak-decay (reduction after one sec) - -const - BarHeight = 11; // height of each bar (volume/vu-meter/pitch) - BarUpperSpacing = 1; // spacing between a bar-area and the previous widget - BarLowerSpacing = 3; // spacing between a bar-area and the next widget - SourceBarsTotalHeight = BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing; - ChannelBarsTotalHeight = 2*BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing; - -implementation - -uses - SysUtils, - Math, - SDL, - gl, - TextGL, - UGraphic, - UDraw, - UMain, - UMenuSelectSlide, - UMenuText, - UFiles, - UDisplay, - UIni, - UUnicodeUtils, - ULog; - -function TScreenOptionsRecord.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - Ord('+'): - begin - // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead - // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed. - ChangeVolume(0.02); - end; - Ord('-'): - begin - // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead - // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed. - ChangeVolume(-0.02); - end; - Ord('T'): - begin - if ((SDL_GetModState() and KMOD_SHIFT) <> 0) then - Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + Length(IThresholdVals) - 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals) - else - Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals); - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - // TODO: Show Save/Abort screen - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if (SelInteraction = ExitButtonIID) then - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - InteractNext; - SDLK_UP : - InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - end; - UpdateInputDevice; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - end; - UpdateInputDevice; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenOptionsRecord.Create; -var - DeviceIndex: integer; - SourceIndex: integer; - ChannelIndex: integer; - InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice; - InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; - ChannelTheme: ^TThemeSelectSlide; - //ButtonTheme: TThemeButton; - WidgetYPos: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsRecord); - - // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device - if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then - CurrentDeviceIndex := 0 - else - CurrentDeviceIndex := -1; - - PreviewDeviceIndex := -1; - - WidgetYPos := 0; - - // init sliders if at least one device was detected - if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then - begin - InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex]; - InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex]; - - // init device-selection slider - SetLength(InputDeviceNames, Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList)); - for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do - begin - InputDeviceNames[DeviceIndex] := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].Name; - end; - // add device-selection slider (InteractionID: 0) - Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard, CurrentDeviceIndex, InputDeviceNames); - - // init source-selection slider - SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source)); - for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do - begin - InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name; - end; - - Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.oneItemOnly := true; - // add source-selection slider (InteractionID: 1) - SelectInputSourceID := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput, - InputDeviceCfg.Input, InputSourceNames); - - // add space for source volume bar - WidgetYPos := Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.Y + - Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.H + - SourceBarsTotalHeight; - - // find max. channel count of all devices - MaxChannelCount := 0; - for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do - begin - if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels > MaxChannelCount) then - MaxChannelCount := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels; - end; - - // init channel-to-player mapping sliders - SetLength(SelectSlideChannelID, MaxChannelCount); - SetLength(SelectSlideChannelTheme, MaxChannelCount); - - for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do - begin - // copy reference slide - SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex] := - Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideChannel; - // set current channel-theme - ChannelTheme := @SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex]; - // adjust vertical position - ChannelTheme.Y := WidgetYPos; - // calc size of next slide (add space for bars) - WidgetYPos := WidgetYPos + ChannelTheme.H + ChannelBarsTotalHeight; - // append channel index to name - ChannelTheme.Text := ChannelTheme.Text + IntToStr(ChannelIndex+1); - - // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists - if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then - begin - // current device has this channel - - // add slider - SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^, - InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated); - end - else - begin - // current device does not have that many channels - - // add slider but hide it and assign a dummy variable to it - SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^, - ChannelToPlayerMapDummy, IChannelPlayerTranslated); - SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false; - end; - end; - end; - - // add Exit-button - //ButtonTheme := Theme.OptionsRecord.ButtonExit; - // adjust button position - //if (WidgetYPos <> 0) then - // ButtonTheme.Y := WidgetYPos; - //AddButton(ButtonTheme); - // <mog> I uncommented the stuff above, because it's not skinable :X - AddButton(Theme.OptionsRecord.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - // store InteractionID - if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then - ExitButtonIID := MaxChannelCount + 2 - else - ExitButtonIID := 0; - - // set focus - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateInputDevice; -var - SourceIndex: integer; - InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice; - InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; - ChannelIndex: integer; -begin - //Log.LogStatus('Update input-device', 'TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateCard') ; - - StopPreview(); - - // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device - if (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList)) then - CurrentDeviceIndex := 0; - - // update sliders if at least one device was detected - if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then - begin - InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex]; - InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex]; - - // update source-selection slider - SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source)); - for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do - begin - InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name; - end; - UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput, SelectInputSourceID, - InputSourceNames, InputDeviceCfg.Input); - - // update channel-to-player mapping sliders - for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do - begin - // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists - if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then - begin - // current device has this channel - - // show slider - UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex], - SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated, - InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]); - SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := true; - end - else - begin - // current device does not have that many channels - - // hide slider and assign a dummy variable to it - UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex], - SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated, - ChannelToPlayerMapDummy); - SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false; - end; - end; - end; - - StartPreview(); -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single); -var - InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice; - Volume: single; -begin - // validate CurrentDeviceIndex - if ((CurrentDeviceIndex < 0) or - (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then - begin - Exit; - end; - - InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex]; - if not assigned(InputDevice) then - Exit; - - // set new volume - Volume := InputDevice.GetVolume() + VolumeChange; - InputDevice.SetVolume(Volume); - //DebugWriteln('Volume: ' + floattostr(InputDevice.GetVolume)); - - // volume must be polled again - NextVolumePollTime := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.OnShow; -var - ChannelIndex: integer; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := 0; - - // create preview sound-buffers - SetLength(PreviewChannel, MaxChannelCount); - for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do - PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex] := TCaptureBuffer.Create(); - - SetLength(ChannelPeak, MaxChannelCount); - - StartPreview(); -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.OnHide; -var - ChannelIndex: integer; -begin - StopPreview(); - - // free preview buffers - for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do - PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Free; - SetLength(PreviewChannel, 0); - SetLength(ChannelPeak, 0); -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StartPreview; -var - ChannelIndex: integer; - Device: TAudioInputDevice; -begin - if ((CurrentDeviceIndex >= 0) and - (CurrentDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then - begin - Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex]; - // set preview channel as active capture channel - for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do - begin - PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Clear(); - Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex]); - FillChar(ChannelPeak[ChannelIndex], SizeOf(TPeakInfo), 0); - end; - Device.Start(); - PreviewDeviceIndex := CurrentDeviceIndex; - - // volume must be polled again - NextVolumePollTime := 0; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StopPreview; -var - ChannelIndex: integer; - Device: TAudioInputDevice; -begin - if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and - (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then - begin - Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex]; - Device.Stop; - for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do - Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, nil); - end; - PreviewDeviceIndex := -1; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single); -var - x1, y1, x2, y2: single; - VolBarInnerWidth: integer; - Volume: single; -const - VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2; - VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1; -begin - // coordinates for black rect - x1 := x; - y1 := y; - x2 := x1 + Width; - y2 := y1 + Height; - - // init blend mode - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - // draw black background-rect - glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glEnd(); - - VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing); - - // TODO: if no volume is available, show some info (a blue bar maybe) - if (SourceVolume >= 0) then - Volume := SourceVolume - else - Volume := 0; - - // coordinates for first half of the volume bar - x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing; - x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume; - y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing; - y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing; - - // draw volume-bar - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - // draw volume bar - glColor3f(0.4, 0.3, 0.3); - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glColor3f(1, 0.1, 0.1); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - glEnd(); - - { not needed anymore - // coordinates for separator - x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing; - x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth; - - // draw separator - glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP); - glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glColor4f(0.4, 0.4, 0.4, 0.2); - glVertex2f((x1+x2)/2, y2); - glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glEnd(); - } - - glDisable(GL_BLEND); -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single); -var - x1, y1, x2, y2: single; - Volume, PeakVolume: single; - Delta: single; - VolBarInnerWidth: integer; -const - VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2; - VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1; -begin - // coordinates for black rect - x1 := x; - y1 := y; - x2 := x1 + Width; - y2 := y1 + Height; - - // init blend mode - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - // draw black background-rect - glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glEnd(); - - VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing); - - // vertical positions - y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing; - y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing; - - // coordinates for bevel - x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing; - x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth; - - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - Volume := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].MaxSampleVolume(); - - // coordinates for volume bar - x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing; - x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume; - - // draw volume bar - glColor3f(State.RD, State.GD, State.BD); - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glColor3f(State.R, State.G, State.B); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - - Delta := (SDL_GetTicks() - ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time)/1000; - PeakVolume := ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume - Delta*Delta*PeakDecay; - - // determine new peak-volume - if (Volume > PeakVolume) then - begin - PeakVolume := Volume; - ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume := Volume; - ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time := SDL_GetTicks(); - end; - - x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing + VolBarInnerWidth * PeakVolume; - x2 := x1 + 2; - - // draw peak - glColor3f(0.8, 0.8, 0.8); - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - - // draw threshold - x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing; - x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * IThresholdVals[Ini.ThresholdIndex]; - - glColor4f(0.3, 0.3, 0.3, 0.6); - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - glEnd(); - - glDisable(GL_BLEND); -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single); -var - x1, y1, x2, y2: single; - i: integer; - ToneBoxWidth: real; - ToneString: string; - ToneStringWidth, ToneStringHeight: real; - ToneStringMaxWidth: real; - ToneStringCenterXOffset: real; -const - PitchBarInnerHSpacing = 2; - PitchBarInnerVSpacing = 1; -begin - // calc tone pitch - PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].AnalyzeBuffer(); - - // coordinates for black rect - x1 := x; - y1 := y; - x2 := x + Width; - y2 := y + Height; - - // init blend mode - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - // draw black background-rect - glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - glEnd(); - - // coordinates for tone boxes - ToneBoxWidth := Width / NumHalftones; - y1 := y1 + PitchBarInnerVSpacing; - y2 := y2 - PitchBarInnerVSpacing; - - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - // draw tone boxes - for i := 0 to NumHalftones-1 do - begin - x1 := x + i * ToneBoxWidth + PitchBarInnerHSpacing; - x2 := x1 + ToneBoxWidth - 2*PitchBarInnerHSpacing; - - if ((PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneValid) and - (PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneAbs = i)) then - begin - // highlight current tone-pitch - glColor3f(1, i / (NumHalftones-1), 0) - end - else - begin - // grey other tone-pitches - glColor3f(0.3, i / (NumHalftones-1) * 0.3, 0); - end; - - glVertex2f(x1, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y1); - glVertex2f(x2, y2); - glVertex2f(x1, y2); - end; - glEnd(); - - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - - /// - // draw the name of the tone - /////// - - ToneString := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneString; - ToneStringHeight := ChannelBarsTotalHeight; - - // initialize font - // TODO: what about reflection, italic etc.? - SetFontSize(ToneStringHeight); - - // center - // Note: for centering let us assume that G#4 has the max. horizontal extent - ToneStringWidth := glTextWidth(ToneString); - ToneStringMaxWidth := glTextWidth('G#4'); - ToneStringCenterXOffset := (ToneStringMaxWidth-ToneStringWidth) / 2; - - // draw - SetFontPos(x-ToneStringWidth-ToneStringCenterXOffset, y-ToneStringHeight/2); - glColor3f(0, 0, 0); - glPrint(ToneString); -end; - -function TScreenOptionsRecord.Draw: boolean; -var - Device: TAudioInputDevice; - DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; - SelectSlide: TSelectSlide; - BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth: real; - ChannelIndex: integer; - State: TDrawState; -begin - DrawBG; - DrawFG; - - if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and - (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then - begin - Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex]; - DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex]; - - // update source volume - if (SDL_GetTicks() >= NextVolumePollTime) then - begin - NextVolumePollTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 500; // next poll in 500ms - SourceVolume := Device.GetVolume(); - end; - - // get source select slide - SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectInputSourceID]; - BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X; - BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing; - BarWidth := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W; - DrawVolume(SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight); - - for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do - begin - // load player color mapped to current input channel - if (DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] > 0) then - begin - // set mapped channel to corresponding player-color - LoadColor(State.R, State.G, State.B, 'P'+ IntToStr(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]) + 'Dark'); - end - else - begin - // set non-mapped channel to white - State.R := 1; State.G := 1; State.B := 1; - end; - - // dark player colors - State.RD := 0.2 * State.R; - State.GD := 0.2 * State.G; - State.BD := 0.2 * State.B; - - // channel select slide - SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]]; - - BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X; - BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing; - BarWidth := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W; - - State.ChannelIndex := ChannelIndex; - - DrawVUMeter(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight); - DrawPitch(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset+BarHeight, BarWidth, BarHeight); - end; - end; - - Result := true; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 7556dceb..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptionsSound; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UIni, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenOptionsSound = class(TMenu) - public - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; - PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UUnicodeUtils, - SysUtils; - -function TScreenOptionsSound.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; - CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - // Escape -> save nothing - just leave this screen - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if SelInteraction = 8 then - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - InteractNext; - SDLK_UP: - InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 8) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 8) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - end; - end; - end; - end; - -{** - * Actually this one isn't pretty - but it does the trick of - * turning the background music on/off in "real time" - * bgm = background music - * TODO: - Fetching the SelectInteraction via something more descriptive - * - Obtaining the current value of a select is imho ugly - *} - if (SelInteraction = 1) then - begin - if TBackgroundMusicOption(SelectsS[1].SelectedOption) = bmoOn then - SoundLib.StartBgMusic - else - SoundLib.PauseBgMusic; - end; - -end; - -constructor TScreenOptionsSound.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsSound); - - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough, Ini.VoicePassthrough, IVoicePassthroughTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic, Ini.BackgroundMusicOption, IBackgroundMusicTranslated); - - // TODO: - MicBoost needs to be moved to ScreenOptionsRecord - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost, Ini.MicBoost, IMicBoostTranslated); - - - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist, Ini.ClickAssist, IClickAssistTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick, Ini.BeatClick, IBeatClickTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold, Ini.ThresholdIndex, IThreshold); - - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume, Ini.PreviewVolume, IPreviewVolumeTranslated); - - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading, Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewFadingTranslated); - - AddButton(Theme.OptionsSound.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsSound.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - Interaction := 0; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas deleted file mode 100644 index dca581a2..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenOptionsThemes; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UIni, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenOptionsThemes = class(TMenu) - private - procedure ReloadTheme; - public - SkinSelect: integer; - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure InteractInc; override; - procedure InteractDec; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - SysUtils, - UGraphic, - UMain, - UPathUtils, - UUnicodeUtils, - USkins; - -function TScreenOptionsThemes.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - // Escape -> save nothing - just leave this screen - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if SelInteraction = 3 then - begin - Ini.Save; - - // Reload all screens, after Theme changed - // Todo : JB - Check if theme was actually changed - UGraphic.UnLoadScreens(); - UGraphic.LoadScreens(); - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenOptions); - end; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - InteractNext; - SDLK_UP : - InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 2) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 2) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.InteractInc; -begin - inherited InteractInc; - - //Update Skins - if (SelInteraction = 0) then - begin - Skin.OnThemeChange; - UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, SkinSelect, ISkin, Ini.SkinNo); - end; - - ReloadTheme(); -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.InteractDec; -begin - inherited InteractDec; - - //Update Skins - if (SelInteraction = 0 ) then - begin - Skin.OnThemeChange; - UpdateSelectSlideOptions (Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, SkinSelect, ISkin, Ini.SkinNo); - end; - - ReloadTheme(); -end; - -constructor TScreenOptionsThemes.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsThemes); - - Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme, Ini.Theme, ITheme); - - Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin.oneItemOnly := true; - SkinSelect := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, Ini.SkinNo, ISkin); - - Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor.showArrows := true; - Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor.oneItemOnly := true; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor, Ini.Color, IColorTranslated); - - AddButton(Theme.OptionsThemes.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.ReloadTheme; -begin - Theme.LoadTheme(ThemePath.Append(ITheme[Ini.Theme] + '.ini'), Ini.Color); - - ScreenOptionsThemes := TScreenOptionsThemes.create(); - ScreenOptionsThemes.onshow; - Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenOptionsThemes; - - ScreenOptionsThemes.Interaction := self.Interaction; - ScreenOptionsThemes.Draw; - - Display.Draw; - SwapBuffers; - - Self.Destroy; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas deleted file mode 100644 index c4295502..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,463 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenPartyNewRound; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - SysUtils, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenPartyNewRound = class(TMenu) - public - //Texts: - TextRound1: cardinal; - TextRound2: cardinal; - TextRound3: cardinal; - TextRound4: cardinal; - TextRound5: cardinal; - TextRound6: cardinal; - TextRound7: cardinal; - - TextWinner1: cardinal; - TextWinner2: cardinal; - TextWinner3: cardinal; - TextWinner4: cardinal; - TextWinner5: cardinal; - TextWinner6: cardinal; - TextWinner7: cardinal; - - TextNextRound: cardinal; - TextNextRoundNo: cardinal; - TextNextPlayer1: cardinal; - TextNextPlayer2: cardinal; - TextNextPlayer3: cardinal; - - //Statics - StaticRound1: cardinal; - StaticRound2: cardinal; - StaticRound3: cardinal; - StaticRound4: cardinal; - StaticRound5: cardinal; - StaticRound6: cardinal; - StaticRound7: cardinal; - - //Scores - TextScoreTeam1: cardinal; - TextScoreTeam2: cardinal; - TextScoreTeam3: cardinal; - TextNameTeam1: cardinal; - TextNameTeam2: cardinal; - TextNameTeam3: cardinal; - - TextTeam1Players: cardinal; - TextTeam2Players: cardinal; - TextTeam3Players: cardinal; - - StaticTeam1: cardinal; - StaticTeam2: cardinal; - StaticTeam3: cardinal; - StaticNextPlayer1: cardinal; - StaticNextPlayer2: cardinal; - StaticNextPlayer3: cardinal; - - - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - UTexture, - UParty, - UDLLManager, - ULanguage, - USong, - ULog, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenPartyNewRound.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY'); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - if DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong then - begin - //Select PartyMode ScreenSong - ScreenSong.Mode := smPartyMode; - FadeTo(@ScreenSong); - end - else - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenSingModi); - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenPartyNewRound.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - TextRound1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound1); - TextRound2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound2); - TextRound3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound3); - TextRound4 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound4); - TextRound5 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound5); - TextRound6 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound6); - TextRound7 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound7); - - TextWinner1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner1); - TextWinner2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner2); - TextWinner3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner3); - TextWinner4 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner4); - TextWinner5 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner5); - TextWinner6 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner6); - TextWinner7 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner7); - - TextNextRound := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRound); - TextNextRoundNo := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRoundNo); - TextNextPlayer1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer1); - TextNextPlayer2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer2); - TextNextPlayer3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer3); - - StaticRound1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound1); - StaticRound2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound2); - StaticRound3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound3); - StaticRound4 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound4); - StaticRound5 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound5); - StaticRound6 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound6); - StaticRound7 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound7); - - //Scores - TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam1); - TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam2); - TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam3); - TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam1); - TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam2); - TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam3); - - //Players - TextTeam1Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam1Players); - TextTeam2Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam2Players); - TextTeam3Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam3Players); - - StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam1); - StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam2); - StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam3); - StaticNextPlayer1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer1); - StaticNextPlayer2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer2); - StaticNextPlayer3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer3); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyNewRound); -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.OnShow; -var - I: integer; - function GetTeamPlayers(const Num: byte): UTF8String; - var - Players: array of UTF8String; - J: byte; - begin - if (Num-1 >= PartySession.Teams.NumTeams) then - exit; - - //Create Players array - SetLength(Players, PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].NumPlayers); - for J := 0 to PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].NumPlayers-1 do - Players[J] := UTF8String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].PlayerInfo[J].Name); - - //Implode and Return - Result := Language.Implode(Players); - end; -begin - inherited; - - PartySession.StartRound; - - //Set Visibility of Round Infos - I := Length(PartySession.Rounds); - if (I >= 1) then - begin - Static[StaticRound1].Visible := true; - Text[TextRound1].Visible := true; - Text[TextWinner1].Visible := true; - - //Texts: - Text[TextRound1].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[0].Plugin].Name); - Text[TextWinner1].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(0); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticRound1].Visible := false; - Text[TextRound1].Visible := false; - Text[TextWinner1].Visible := false; - end; - - if (I >= 2) then - begin - Static[StaticRound2].Visible := true; - Text[TextRound2].Visible := true; - Text[TextWinner2].Visible := true; - - //Texts: - Text[TextRound2].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[1].Plugin].Name); - Text[TextWinner2].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(1); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticRound2].Visible := false; - Text[TextRound2].Visible := false; - Text[TextWinner2].Visible := false; - end; - - if (I >= 3) then - begin - Static[StaticRound3].Visible := true; - Text[TextRound3].Visible := true; - Text[TextWinner3].Visible := true; - - //Texts: - Text[TextRound3].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[2].Plugin].Name); - Text[TextWinner3].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(2); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticRound3].Visible := false; - Text[TextRound3].Visible := false; - Text[TextWinner3].Visible := false; - end; - - if (I >= 4) then - begin - Static[StaticRound4].Visible := true; - Text[TextRound4].Visible := true; - Text[TextWinner4].Visible := true; - - //Texts: - Text[TextRound4].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[3].Plugin].Name); - Text[TextWinner4].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(3); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticRound4].Visible := false; - Text[TextRound4].Visible := false; - Text[TextWinner4].Visible := false; - end; - - if (I >= 5) then - begin - Static[StaticRound5].Visible := true; - Text[TextRound5].Visible := true; - Text[TextWinner5].Visible := true; - - //Texts: - Text[TextRound5].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[4].Plugin].Name); - Text[TextWinner5].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(4); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticRound5].Visible := false; - Text[TextRound5].Visible := false; - Text[TextWinner5].Visible := false; - end; - - if (I >= 6) then - begin - Static[StaticRound6].Visible := true; - Text[TextRound6].Visible := true; - Text[TextWinner6].Visible := true; - - //Texts: - Text[TextRound6].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[5].Plugin].Name); - Text[TextWinner6].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(5); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticRound6].Visible := false; - Text[TextRound6].Visible := false; - Text[TextWinner6].Visible := false; - end; - - if (I >= 7) then - begin - Static[StaticRound7].Visible := true; - Text[TextRound7].Visible := true; - Text[TextWinner7].Visible := true; - - //Texts: - Text[TextRound7].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[6].Plugin].Name); - Text[TextWinner7].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(6); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticRound7].Visible := false; - Text[TextRound7].Visible := false; - Text[TextWinner7].Visible := false; - end; - - //Display Scores - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[0].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := UTF8String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[0].Name); - Text[TextTeam1Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(1); - - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true; - Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := true; - Static[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := true; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false; - Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[1].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := UTF8String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[1].Name); - Text[TextTeam2Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(2); - - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true; - Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := true; - Static[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := true; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false; - Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[2].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := UTF8String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[2].Name); - Text[TextTeam3Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(3); - - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true; - Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := true; - Static[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := true; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false; - Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := false; - end; - - //nextRound Texts - Text[TextNextRound].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Selected.PluginDesc); - Text[TextNextRoundNo].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.CurRound + 1); - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then - begin - Text[TextNextPlayer1].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].CurPlayer].Name; - Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := true; - end - else - Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := false; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then - begin - Text[TextNextPlayer2].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].CurPlayer].Name; - Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := true; - end - else - Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := false; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then - begin - Text[TextNextPlayer3].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].CurPlayer].Name; - Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := true; - end - else - Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := false; -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - {Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; - Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; } -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 2deffda6..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenPartyOptions; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - SysUtils, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenPartyOptions = class(TMenu) - public - SelectLevel: cardinal; - SelectPlayList: cardinal; - SelectPlayList2: cardinal; - SelectRounds: cardinal; - SelectTeams: cardinal; - SelectPlayers1: cardinal; - SelectPlayers2: cardinal; - SelectPlayers3: cardinal; - - PlayList: integer; - PlayList2: integer; - Rounds: integer; - NumTeams: integer; - NumPlayer1, NumPlayer2, NumPlayer3: integer; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - procedure SetPlaylist2; - end; - -var - IPlaylist: array[0..2] of UTF8String; - IPlaylist2: array of UTF8String; - - const - ITeams: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('2', '3'); - IPlayers: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('1', '2', '3', '4'); - IRounds: array[0..5] of UTF8String = ('2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7'); - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - UTexture, - ULanguage, - UParty, - USong, - UDLLManager, - UPlaylist, - USongs, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenPartyOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - I, J: integer; - OnlyMultiPlayer: boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - //Don'T start when Playlist is Selected and there are no Playlists - if (Playlist = 2) and (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) = 0) then - Exit; - // Don't start when SinglePlayer Teams but only Multiplayer Plugins available - OnlyMultiPlayer := true; - for I := 0 to High(DLLMan.Plugins) do - begin - OnlyMultiPlayer := (OnlyMultiPlayer and DLLMan.Plugins[I].TeamModeOnly); - end; - if (OnlyMultiPlayer) and ((NumPlayer1 = 0) or (NumPlayer2 = 0) or ((NumPlayer3 = 0) and (NumTeams = 1))) then - begin - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_PLUGINS')); - Exit; - end; - //Save Difficulty - Ini.Difficulty := SelectsS[SelectLevel].SelectedOption; - Ini.SaveLevel; - - //Save Num Teams: - PartySession.Teams.NumTeams := NumTeams + 2; - PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].NumPlayers := NumPlayer1+1; - PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].NumPlayers := NumPlayer2+1; - PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].NumPlayers := NumPlayer3+1; - - //Save Playlist - PlaylistMan.Mode := TSingMode( Playlist ); - PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := High(cardinal); - //if Category Selected Search Category ID - if Playlist = 1 then - begin - J := -1; - for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then - Inc(J); - - if J = Playlist2 then - begin - PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := I; - Break; - end; - end; - - //No Categorys or Invalid Entry - if PlaylistMan.CurPlayList = High(cardinal) then - Exit; - end - else - PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := Playlist2; - - //Start Party - PartySession.StartNewParty(Rounds + 2); - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - //Go to Player Screen - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyPlayer); - end; - - // Up and Down could be done at the same time, - // but I don't want to declare variables inside - // functions like this one, called so many times - SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext; - SDLK_UP: InteractPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractInc; - - //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed - if (Interaction = 1) then - begin - SetPlaylist2; - end //Change Team3 Players visibility - else if (Interaction = 4) then - begin - SelectsS[7].Visible := (NumTeams = 1); - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option); - InteractDec; - - //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed - if (Interaction = 1) then - begin - SetPlaylist2; - end //Change Team3 Players visibility - else if (Interaction = 4) then - begin - SelectsS[7].Visible := (NumTeams = 1); - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenPartyOptions.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - //Fill IPlaylist - IPlaylist[0] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_ALL'); - IPlaylist[1] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_CATEGORY'); - IPlaylist[2] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_PLAYLIST'); - - //Fill IPlaylist2 - SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1); - IPlaylist2[0] := '---'; - - //Clear all Selects - NumTeams := 0; - NumPlayer1 := 0; - NumPlayer2 := 0; - NumPlayer3 := 0; - Rounds := 5; - PlayList := 0; - PlayList2 := 0; - - //Load Screen From Theme - LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyOptions); - - SelectLevel := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel, Ini.Difficulty, Theme.ILevel); - SelectPlayList := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList, PlayList, IPlaylist); - SelectPlayList2 := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, PlayList2, IPlaylist2); - SelectRounds := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectRounds, Rounds, IRounds); - SelectTeams := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectTeams, NumTeams, ITeams); - SelectPlayers1 := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers1, NumPlayer1, IPlayers); - SelectPlayers2 := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers2, NumPlayer2, IPlayers); - SelectPlayers3 := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers3, NumPlayer3, IPlayers); - - Interaction := 0; - - //Hide Team3 Players - SelectsS[7].Visible := false; -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetPlaylist2; -var - I: integer; -begin - case Playlist of - 0: - begin - SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1); - IPlaylist2[0] := '---'; - end; - 1: - begin - SetLength(IPlaylist2, 0); - for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - if (CatSongs.Song[I].Main) then - begin - SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(IPlaylist2) + 1); - IPlaylist2[high(IPlaylist2)] := CatSongs.Song[I].Artist; - end; - end; - - if (Length(IPlaylist2) = 0) then - begin - SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1); - IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Categories found'; - end; - end; - 2: - begin - if (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) > 0) then - begin - SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists)); - PlaylistMan.GetNames(IPlaylist2); - end - else - begin - SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1); - IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Playlists found'; - end; - end; - end; - - Playlist2 := 0; - UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, 2, IPlaylist2, Playlist2); -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyOptions.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - Randomize; -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - {for I := 0 to 6 do - SelectS[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;} -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 887d5202..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,385 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenPartyPlayer; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - SysUtils, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenPartyPlayer = class(TMenu) - public - Team1Name: cardinal; - Player1Name: cardinal; - Player2Name: cardinal; - Player3Name: cardinal; - Player4Name: cardinal; - - Team2Name: cardinal; - Player5Name: cardinal; - Player6Name: cardinal; - Player7Name: cardinal; - Player8Name: cardinal; - - Team3Name: cardinal; - Player9Name: cardinal; - Player10Name: cardinal; - Player11Name: cardinal; - Player12Name: cardinal; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - UTexture, - UParty, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenPartyPlayer.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - SDL_ModState: word; - I, J: integer; - - procedure IntNext; - begin - repeat - InteractNext; - until Button[Interaction].Visible; - end; - procedure IntPrev; - begin - repeat - InteractPrev; - until Button[Interaction].Visible; - end; -begin - Result := true; - - if (PressedDown) then - SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT - + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT) - else - SDL_ModState := 0; - - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case CharCode of - Ord('0')..Ord('9'), - Ord('a')..Ord('z'), - Ord('A')..Ord('Z'), - Ord(' '), Ord('-'), Ord('_'), Ord('!'), Ord(','), Ord('<'), Ord('/'), - Ord('*'), Ord('?'), Ord(''''), Ord('"'): - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text + - UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode); - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - // Templates for Names Mod - SDLK_F1: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0]; - end; - SDLK_F2: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1]; - end; - SDLK_F3: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2]; - end; - SDLK_F4: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3]; - end; - SDLK_F5: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4]; - end; - SDLK_F6: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5]; - end; - SDLK_F7: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6]; - end; - SDLK_F8: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7]; - end; - SDLK_F9: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8]; - end; - SDLK_F10: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9]; - end; - SDLK_F11: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10]; - end; - SDLK_F12: - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text; - end - else - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11]; - end; - - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter; - end; - - SDLK_ESCAPE: - begin - Ini.SaveNames; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - - //Save PlayerNames - for I := 0 to PartySession.Teams.NumTeams-1 do - begin - PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Name := PChar(Button[I*5].Text[0].Text); - for J := 0 to PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].NumPlayers-1 do - begin - PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[J].Name := PChar(Button[I*5 + J+1].Text[0].Text); - PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[J].TimesPlayed := 0; - end; - end; - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound); - end; - - // Up and Down could be done at the same time, - // but I don't want to declare variables inside - // functions like this one, called so many times - SDLK_DOWN: IntNext; - SDLK_UP: IntPrev; - SDLK_RIGHT: IntNext; - SDLK_LEFT: IntPrev; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenPartyPlayer.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyPlayer); - - Team1Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team1Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player1Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player2Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player3Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player4Name); - - Team2Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team2Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player5Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player6Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player7Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player8Name); - - Team3Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team3Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player9Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player10Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player11Name); - AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player12Name); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.OnShow; -var - I: integer; -begin - inherited; - - // Templates for Names Mod - for I := 1 to 4 do - Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1]; - - for I := 6 to 9 do - Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-2]; - - for I := 11 to 14 do - Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-3]; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[0]; - Button[5].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[1]; - Button[10].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[2]; - // Templates for Names Mod end - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams>=1) then - begin - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].NumPlayers >=1); - Button[2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].NumPlayers >=2); - Button[3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].NumPlayers >=3); - Button[4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].NumPlayers >=4); - end - else - begin - Button[0].Visible := false; - Button[1].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := false; - Button[3].Visible := false; - Button[4].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams>=2) then - begin - Button[5].Visible := true; - Button[6].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].NumPlayers >=1); - Button[7].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].NumPlayers >=2); - Button[8].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].NumPlayers >=3); - Button[9].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].NumPlayers >=4); - end - else - begin - Button[5].Visible := false; - Button[6].Visible := false; - Button[7].Visible := false; - Button[8].Visible := false; - Button[9].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams>=3) then - begin - Button[10].Visible := true; - Button[11].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].NumPlayers >=1); - Button[12].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].NumPlayers >=2); - Button[13].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].NumPlayers >=3); - Button[14].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].NumPlayers >=4); - end - else - begin - Button[10].Visible := false; - Button[11].Visible := false; - Button[12].Visible := false; - Button[13].Visible := false; - Button[14].Visible := false; - end; - -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -var - I: integer; -begin - for I := 0 to high(Button) do - Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 2de240b8..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenPartyScore; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - SysUtils, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenPartyScore = class(TMenu) - public - TextScoreTeam1: cardinal; - TextScoreTeam2: cardinal; - TextScoreTeam3: cardinal; - TextNameTeam1: cardinal; - TextNameTeam2: cardinal; - TextNameTeam3: cardinal; - StaticTeam1: cardinal; - StaticTeam1BG: cardinal; - StaticTeam1Deco: cardinal; - StaticTeam2: cardinal; - StaticTeam2BG: cardinal; - StaticTeam2Deco: cardinal; - StaticTeam3: cardinal; - StaticTeam3BG: cardinal; - StaticTeam3Deco: cardinal; - TextWinner: cardinal; - - DecoTex: array[0..5] of integer; - DecoColor: array[0..5] of Record - R, G, B: real; - end; - - MaxScore: word; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UParty, - UScreenSingModi, - ULanguage, - UTexture, - USkins, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenPartyScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - if (PartySession.CurRound < High(PartySession.Rounds)) then - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound) - else - begin - PartySession.EndRound; - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin); - end; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - if (PartySession.CurRound < High(PartySession.Rounds)) then - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound) - else - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenPartyScore.Create; -var -// I: integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable - Tex: TTexture; - R, G, B: real; - Color: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam1); - TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam2); - TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam3); - TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam1); - TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam2); - TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam3); - - StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1); - StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1BG); - StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1Deco); - StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2); - StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2BG); - StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2Deco); - StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3); - StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3BG); - StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3Deco); - - TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextWinner); - - //Load Deco Textures - if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then - begin - //Get Color - LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstColor); - Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - DecoColor[0].R := R; - DecoColor[0].G := G; - DecoColor[0].B := B; - - //Load Texture - Tex := Texture.LoadTexture( - Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTexture), - Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTyp, Color); - DecoTex[0] := Tex.TexNum; - - //Get Second Color - LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondColor); - Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - DecoColor[1].R := R; - DecoColor[1].G := G; - DecoColor[1].B := B; - - //Load Second Texture - Tex := Texture.LoadTexture( - Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTexture), - Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTyp, Color); - DecoTex[1] := Tex.TexNum; - - //Get Third Color - LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdColor); - Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - DecoColor[2].R := R; - DecoColor[2].G := G; - DecoColor[2].B := B; - - //Load Third Texture - Tex := Texture.LoadTexture( - Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTexture), - Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTyp, Color); - DecoTex[2] := Tex.TexNum; - end; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyScore); -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyScore.OnShow; -var - I, J: integer; - Placings: array [0..5] of byte; -begin - inherited; - - //Get Maxscore - - MaxScore := 0; - for I := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do - begin - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score > MaxScore) then - MaxScore := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score; - end; - - //Get Placings - for I := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do - begin - Placings[I] := 0; - for J := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[J].Score > ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score) then - Inc(Placings[I]); - end; - - //Set Static Length - Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100; - Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100; - Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100; - - //fix: prevents static from drawn out of bounds. - if Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := 99; - if Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := 99; - if Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := 99; - - //End Last Round - PartySession.EndRound; - - //Set Winnertext - Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [PartySession.GetWinnerString(PartySession.CurRound)]); - - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := UTF8String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[0].Name); - - //Set Deco Texture - if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then - begin - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[0]]; - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[0]].R; - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[0]].G; - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[0]].B; - end; - - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := true; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := false; - end; - - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := UTF8String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[1].Name); - - //Set Deco Texture - if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then - begin - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[1]]; - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[1]].R; - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[1]].G; - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[1]].B; - end; - - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := true; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := false; - end; - - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := UTF8String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[2].Name); - - //Set Deco Texture - if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then - begin - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[2]]; - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[2]].R; - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[2]].G; - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[2]].B; - end; - - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := true; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := false; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyScore.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then - Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100; - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then - Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100; - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then - Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas deleted file mode 100644 index afa5ce83..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,302 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenPartyWin; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - SysUtils, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenPartyWin = class(TMenu) - public - TextScoreTeam1: cardinal; - TextScoreTeam2: cardinal; - TextScoreTeam3: cardinal; - TextNameTeam1: cardinal; - TextNameTeam2: cardinal; - TextNameTeam3: cardinal; - StaticTeam1: cardinal; - StaticTeam1BG: cardinal; - StaticTeam1Deco: cardinal; - StaticTeam2: cardinal; - StaticTeam2BG: cardinal; - StaticTeam2Deco: cardinal; - StaticTeam3: cardinal; - StaticTeam3BG: cardinal; - StaticTeam3Deco: cardinal; - TextWinner: cardinal; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UParty, - UScreenSingModi, - ULanguage, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenPartyWin.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenPartyWin.Create; -//var -// I: integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable -begin - inherited Create; - - TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam1); - TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam2); - TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam3); - TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam1); - TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam2); - TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam3); - - StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1); - StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG); - StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1Deco); - StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2); - StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG); - StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2Deco); - StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3); - StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG); - StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3Deco); - - TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextWinner); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyWin); -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyWin.OnShow; -var - I: integer; - Placing: TeamOrderArray; - - Function GetTeamColor(Team: byte): cardinal; - var - NameString: string; - begin - NameString := 'P' + InttoStr(Team+1) + 'Dark'; - - Result := ColorExists(NameString); - end; - -begin - inherited; - - //Get Team Placing - Placing := PartySession.GetTeamOrder; - - //Set Winnertext - Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[Placing[0]].Name]); - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Placing[0]].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := string(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Placing[0]].Name); - - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := true; - - //Set Static Color to Team Color - if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then - begin - I := GetTeamColor(Placing[0]); - if (I <> -1) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R; - Static[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G; - Static[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B; - end; - end; - - if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1.Color = 'TeamColor') then - begin - I := GetTeamColor(Placing[0]); - if (I <> -1) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R; - Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G; - Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B; - end; - end; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Placing[1]].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := string(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Placing[1]].Name); - - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := true; - - //Set Static Color to Team Color - if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then - begin - I := GetTeamColor(Placing[1]); - if (I <> -1) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R; - Static[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G; - Static[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B; - end; - end; - - if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2.Color = 'TeamColor') then - begin - I := GetTeamColor(Placing[1]); - if (I <> -1) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R; - Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G; - Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B; - end; - end; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Placing[2]].Score); - Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := string(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Placing[2]].Name); - - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true; - Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := true; - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := true; - - //Set Static Color to Team Color - if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then - begin - I := GetTeamColor(Placing[2]); - if (I <> -1) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R; - Static[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G; - Static[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B; - end; - end; - - if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3.Color = 'TeamColor') then - begin - I := GetTeamColor(Placing[2]); - if (I <> -1) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R; - Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G; - Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B; - end; - end; - end - else - begin - Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false; - Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := false; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenPartyWin.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -begin - {if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then - Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Score / maxScore; - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then - Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Score / maxScore; - if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then - Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Score / maxScore;} -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas deleted file mode 100644 index fdf4a69c..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenPopup; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - SysUtils, - UMenu, - UMusic, - UFiles, - UThemes; - -type - TPopupCheckHandler = procedure(Value: boolean; Data: Pointer); - - TScreenPopupCheck = class(TMenu) - private - fHandler: TPopupCheckHandler; - fHandlerData: Pointer; - - public - Visible: boolean; // whether the menu should be drawn - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String; Handler: TPopupCheckHandler; - HandlerData: Pointer; DefaultValue: boolean = false); - function Draw: boolean; override; - end; - -type - TScreenPopup = class(TMenu) - { - private - CurMenu: byte; //Num of the cur. Shown Menu - } - public - Visible: boolean; //Whether the Menu should be Drawn - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure OnHide; override; - procedure ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String); - function Draw: boolean; override; - end; - - TScreenPopupError = class(TScreenPopup) - public - constructor Create; - end; - - TScreenPopupInfo = class(TScreenPopup) - public - constructor Create; - end; - -var - //ISelections: array of string; - SelectValue: integer; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - UTexture, - ULanguage, - UParty, - UPlaylist, - UDisplay, - UUnicodeUtils; - -{ TScreenPopupCheck } - -function TScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - Value: boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - Value := false; - Visible := false; - Result := false; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - Value := (Interaction = 0); - Visible := false; - Result := false; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext; - SDLK_UP: InteractPrev; - - SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext; - SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev; - end; - end; - - if (not Result) then - begin - if (@fHandler <> nil) then - fHandler(Value, fHandlerData); - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenPopupCheck.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - fHandler := nil; - fHandlerData := nil; - - AddText(Theme.CheckPopup.TextCheck); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.CheckPopup); - - AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button1); - if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1'); - - AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button2); - if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2'); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -function TScreenPopupCheck.Draw: boolean; -begin - Result := inherited Draw; -end; - -procedure TScreenPopupCheck.OnShow; -begin - inherited; -end; - -procedure TScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String; Handler: TPopupCheckHandler; - HandlerData: Pointer; DefaultValue: boolean); -begin - if (DefaultValue) then - Interaction := 0 - else - Interaction := 1; - Visible := true; //Set Visible - fHandler := Handler; - fHandlerData := HandlerData; - - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate(msg); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := true; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES'); - Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NO'); - - Background.OnShow -end; - -{ TScreenPopup } - -function TScreenPopup.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - - case PressedKey of - SDLK_Q: - begin - Result := false; - end; - - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - Visible := false; - Result := false; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - Visible := false; - Result := false; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext; - SDLK_UP: InteractPrev; - - SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext; - SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenPopup.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - AddText(Theme.ErrorPopup.TextError); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.ErrorPopup); - - AddButton(Theme.ErrorPopup.Button1); - if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1'); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -function TScreenPopup.Draw: boolean; -begin - Draw := inherited Draw; -end; - -procedure TScreenPopup.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TScreenPopup.OnHide; -begin -end; - -procedure TScreenPopup.ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String); -begin - Interaction := 0; //Reset Interaction - Visible := true; //Set Visible - Background.OnShow; - -{ //dirty hack... Text[0] is invisible for some strange reason - for i:=1 to high(Text) do - if i-1 <= high(msg) then - begin - Text[i].Visible := true; - Text[i].Text := msg[i-1]; - end - else - begin - Text[i].Visible := false; - end;} - Text[0].Text := msg; - - Button[0].Visible := true; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := 'OK'; -end; - -{ TScreenPopupError } - -constructor TScreenPopupError.Create; -begin - inherited; - Text[1].Text := Language.Translate('MSG_ERROR_TITLE'); -end; - -{ TScreenPopupInfo } - -constructor TScreenPopupInfo.Create; -begin - inherited; - Text[1].Text := Language.Translate('MSG_INFO_TITLE'); -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas b/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas deleted file mode 100644 index ce1b11e5..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,924 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenScore; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - SysUtils, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - USongs, - UThemes, - gl, - math, - UTexture; - -const - ZBars: real = 0.8; // Z value for the bars - ZRatingPic: real = 0.8; // Z value for the rating pictures - - EaseOut_MaxSteps: real = 10; // that's the speed of the bars (10 is fast | 100 is slower) - - BarRaiseSpeed: cardinal = 0; // Time for raising the bar one step higher (in ms) - -type - TPlayerScoreScreenTexture = record // holds all colorized textures for up to 6 players - //Bar textures - Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark: TTexture; // Note - Score_NoteBarRound_Dark: TTexture; // that's the round thing on top - - Score_NoteBarLevel_Light: TTexture; // LineBonus | Phrasebonus - Score_NoteBarRound_Light: TTexture; - - Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest: TTexture; // GoldenNotes - Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest: TTexture; - end; - - TPlayerScoreScreenData = record // holds the positions and other data - Bar_Y: real; - Bar_Actual_Height: real; // this one holds the actual height of the bar, while we animate it - BarScore_ActualHeight: real; - BarLine_ActualHeight: real; - BarGolden_ActualHeight: real; - end; - - TPlayerScoreRatingPics = record // a fine array of the rating pictures - RateEaseStep: integer; - RateEaseValue: real; - end; - - TScreenScore = class(TMenu) - private - BarTime: cardinal; - ArrayStartModifier: integer; - public - aPlayerScoreScreenTextures: array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenTexture; - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas: array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenData; - aPlayerScoreScreenRatings: array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreRatingPics; - - BarScore_EaseOut_Step: real; - BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step: real; - BarGolden_EaseOut_Step: real; - - TextArtist: integer; - TextTitle: integer; - - TextArtistTitle: integer; - - TextName: array[1..6] of integer; - TextScore: array[1..6] of integer; - - TextNotes: array[1..6] of integer; - TextNotesScore: array[1..6] of integer; - TextLineBonus: array[1..6] of integer; - TextLineBonusScore: array[1..6] of integer; - TextGoldenNotes: array[1..6] of integer; - TextGoldenNotesScore: array[1..6] of integer; - TextTotal: array[1..6] of integer; - TextTotalScore: array[1..6] of integer; - - PlayerStatic: array[1..6] of array of integer; - PlayerTexts: array[1..6] of array of integer; - - StaticBoxLightest: array[1..6] of integer; - StaticBoxLight: array[1..6] of integer; - StaticBoxDark: array[1..6] of integer; - - StaticBackLevel: array[1..6] of integer; - StaticBackLevelRound: array[1..6] of integer; - StaticLevel: array[1..6] of integer; - StaticLevelRound: array[1..6] of integer; - - Animation: real; - - TextScore_ActualValue: array[1..6] of integer; - TextPhrase_ActualValue: array[1..6] of integer; - TextGolden_ActualValue: array[1..6] of integer; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function ParseMouse(MouseButton: Integer; BtnDown: Boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure OnShowFinish; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure FillPlayer(Item, P: integer); - - procedure EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber: integer; BarType: string); - procedure EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: string); - - procedure FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: string); - - procedure DrawBar(BarType: string; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real); - - //Rating Picture - procedure ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer); - function CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber: integer): real; - procedure DrawRating(PlayerNumber: integer; Rating: integer); - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UScreenSong, - UMenuStatic, - UTime, - UIni, - ULog, - ULanguage, - UNote, - UUnicodeUtils; - - -function TScreenScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE, - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenTop5); - Exit; - end; - - SDLK_SYSREQ: - begin - Display.SaveScreenShot; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -function TScreenScore.ParseMouse(MouseButton: Integer; BtnDown: Boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; -begin - Result := True; - if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) and BtnDown then begin - //left-click anywhere sends return - ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true); - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenScore.Create; -var - Player: integer; - Counter: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Score); - - // These two texts arn't used in the deluxe skin - TextArtist := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtist); - TextTitle := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTitle); - - TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtistTitle); - - for Player := 1 to 6 do - begin - SetLength(PlayerStatic[Player], Length(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player])); - SetLength(PlayerTexts[Player], Length(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player])); - - for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]) do - PlayerStatic[Player, Counter] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]); - - for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]) do - PlayerTexts[Player, Counter] := AddText(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]); - - TextName[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextName[Player]); - TextScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextScore[Player]); - - TextNotes[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotes[Player]); - TextNotesScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotesScore[Player]); - TextLineBonus[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonus[Player]); - TextLineBonusScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonusScore[Player]); - TextGoldenNotes[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotes[Player]); - TextGoldenNotesScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[Player]); - TextTotal[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotal[Player]); - TextTotalScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotalScore[Player]); - - StaticBoxLightest[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLightest[Player]); - StaticBoxLight[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLight[Player]); - StaticBoxDark[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxDark[Player]); - - StaticBackLevel[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[Player]); - StaticBackLevelRound[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevelRound[Player]); - StaticLevel[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevel[Player]); - StaticLevelRound[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevelRound[Player]); - - //textures - aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[Player]; - aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[Player]; - - aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[Player]; - aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Light := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[Player]; - - aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[Player]; - aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[Player]; - end; - -end; - -procedure TScreenScore.OnShow; -var - P: integer; // player - I: integer; - V: array[1..6] of boolean; // visibility array - -begin - -{** - * Turn backgroundmusic on - *} - SoundLib.StartBgMusic; - - inherited; - - // all statics / texts are loaded at start - so that we have them all even if we change the amount of players - // To show the corrects statics / text from the them, we simply modify the start of the according arrays - // 1 Player -> Player[0].Score (The score for one player starts at 0) - // -> Statics[1] (The statics for the one player screen start at 1) - // 2 Player -> Player[0..1].Score - // -> Statics[2..3] - // 3 Player -> Player[0..5].Score - // -> Statics[4..6] - case PlayersPlay of - 1: ArrayStartModifier := 0; - 2, 4: ArrayStartModifier := 1; - 3, 6: ArrayStartModifier := 3; - else - ArrayStartModifier := 0; //this should never happen - end; - - for P := 1 to PlayersPlay do - begin - // data - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[P].Bar_Y := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[P + ArrayStartModifier].Y; - - // ratings - aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseStep := 1; - aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseValue := 20; - end; - - Text[TextArtist].Text := CurrentSong.Artist; - Text[TextTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Title; - Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title; - - // set visibility - case PlayersPlay of - 1: begin - V[1] := true; - V[2] := false; - V[3] := false; - V[4] := false; - V[5] := false; - V[6] := false; - end; - 2, 4: begin - V[1] := false; - V[2] := true; - V[3] := true; - V[4] := false; - V[5] := false; - V[6] := false; - end; - 3, 6: begin - V[1] := false; - V[2] := false; - V[3] := false; - V[4] := true; - V[5] := true; - V[6] := true; - end; - end; - - for P := 1 to 6 do - begin - Text[TextName[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextScore[P]].Visible := V[P]; - - // We set alpha to 0 , so we can nicely blend them in when we need them - Text[TextScore[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextNotes[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextTotal[P]].Alpha := 0; - Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Alpha := 0; - Static[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Texture.Alpha := 0; - Static[StaticBoxLight[P]].Texture.Alpha := 0; - Static[StaticBoxDark[P]].Texture.Alpha := 0; - - Text[TextNotes[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextTotal[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Visible := V[P]; - - for I := 0 to high(PlayerStatic[P]) do - Static[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Visible := V[P]; - - for I := 0 to high(PlayerTexts[P]) do - Text[PlayerTexts[P, I]].Visible := V[P]; - - Static[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Static[StaticBoxLight[P]].Visible := V[P]; - Static[StaticBoxDark[P]].Visible := V[P]; - - // we draw that on our own - Static[StaticBackLevel[P]].Visible := false; - Static[StaticBackLevelRound[P]].Visible := false; - Static[StaticLevel[P]].Visible := false; - Static[StaticLevelRound[P]].Visible := false; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenScore.onShowFinish; -var - index: integer; -begin - for index := 1 to (PlayersPlay) do - begin - TextScore_ActualValue[index] := 0; - TextPhrase_ActualValue[index] := 0; - TextGolden_ActualValue[index] := 0; - end; - - BarScore_EaseOut_Step := 1; - BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := 1; - BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := 1; -end; - -function TScreenScore.Draw: boolean; -var - CurrentTime: cardinal; - PlayerCounter: integer; - PStart: integer; - PHigh: integer; -begin -{* - player[0].ScoreInt := 7000; - player[0].ScoreLineInt := 2000; - player[0].ScoreGoldenInt := 1000; - player[0].ScoreTotalInt := 10000; - - player[1].ScoreInt := 2500; - player[1].ScoreLineInt := 1100; - player[1].ScoreGoldenInt := 900; - player[1].ScoreTotalInt := 4500; -*} - - //Draw the Background - DrawBG; - - //Calculate first and last Player on this Screen - if (PlayersPlay > 3) then - begin - case PlayersPlay of - 4: begin - PStart := 1 + ((ScreenAct-1) * 2); - PHigh := 2 + ((ScreenAct-1) * 2); - end; - - 6: begin - PStart := 1 + ((ScreenAct-1) * 3); - PHigh := 3 + ((ScreenAct-1) * 3); - end; - end; - end - else - begin - PStart := 1; - PHigh := PlayersPlay; - end; - - // Let's start to arise the bars - CurrentTime := SDL_GetTicks(); - if((CurrentTime >= BarTime) and ShowFinish) then - begin - BarTime := CurrentTime + BarRaiseSpeed; - - for PlayerCounter := PStart to PHigh do - begin - // We actually arise them in the right order, but we have to draw them in reverse order (golden -> phrase -> mainscore) - if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then - BarScore_EaseOut_Step:= BarScore_EaseOut_Step + 1; - - // PhrasenBonus - if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then - begin - if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then - BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step + 1; - - // GoldenNotebonus - if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then - begin - if (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then - BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step + 1; - - // Draw golden score bar # - EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter, 'Golden'); - EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Golden'); - end; - - // Draw phrase score bar # - EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter, 'Line'); - EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Line'); - end; - - // Draw plain score bar # - EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter, 'Note'); - EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Note'); - - if (PlayersPlay <= 3) then - //If we play w/ 3 or less players they fit in one screen - //so we don't have to swap the values of themeobjects - //on every draw - FillPlayerItems(PlayerCounter,'Funky'); - - end; - end; - - if (PlayersPlay > 3) then - //more then 3 players don't fit the screen - //so we have to swap the themeobjects values on every draw - for PlayerCounter := PStart to PHigh do - begin - FillPlayerItems(PlayerCounter,'Funky'); - end; - - //Draw Theme Objects - DrawFG; - -(* - //todo: i need a clever method to draw statics with their z value - for I := 0 to Length(Static) - 1 do - Static[I].Draw; - for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do - Text[I].Draw; -*) - - Result := true; -end; - -procedure TscreenScore.FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: string); -var - ThemeIndex: integer; -begin - // todo: take the name from player[PlayerNumber].Name instead of the ini when this is done (mog) - Text[TextName[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Text := Ini.Name[PlayerNumber - 1]; - // end todo - - // We have to do this here because we use the same Theme Object - // for players on the first and second screen - case PlayersPlay of - 1, 2, 3: ThemeIndex := PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier; - 4: ThemeIndex := ((PlayerNumber-1) mod 2) + 1 + ArrayStartModifier; - 6: ThemeIndex := ((PlayerNumber-1) mod 3) + 1 + ArrayStartModifier; - end; - - //golden - Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := IntToStr(TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]); - Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - Static[StaticBoxLightest[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100); - Text[TextGoldenNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - // line bonus - Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := IntToStr(TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]); - Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - Static[StaticBoxLight[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100); - Text[TextLineBonus[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - // plain score - Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]); - Text[TextNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - Static[StaticBoxDark[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100); - Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - // total score - Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]); - Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100); - - if(BarGolden_EaseOut_Step = 100) then - begin - ShowRating(PlayerNumber); - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenScore.ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer); -var - Rating: integer; - ThemeIndex: integer; -begin - - // We have to do this here because we use the same Theme Object - // for players on the first and second screen - case PlayersPlay of - 1, 2, 3: ThemeIndex := PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier; - 4: ThemeIndex := ((PlayerNumber-1) mod 2) + 1 + ArrayStartModifier; - 6: ThemeIndex := ((PlayerNumber-1) mod 3) + 1 + ArrayStartModifier; - end; - - case (Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreTotalInt) of - 0..2009: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_TONE_DEAF'); - Rating := 0; - end; - 2010..4009: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_AMATEUR'); - Rating := 1; - end; - 4010..5009: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_WANNABE'); - Rating := 2; - end; - 5010..6009: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_HOPEFUL'); - Rating := 3; - end; - 6010..7509: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_RISING_STAR'); - Rating := 4; - end; - 7510..8509: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_LEAD_SINGER'); - Rating := 5; - end; - 8510..9009: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_SUPERSTAR'); - Rating := 6; - end; - 9010..10000: - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_ULTRASTAR'); - Rating := 7; - end; - else - Rating := 0; // Cheata :P - end; - - //todo: this could break if the width is not given, for instance when there's a skin with no picture for ratings - if ( Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W > 0 ) and ( aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue > 0 ) then - begin - Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue / Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W; - end; - // end todo - - DrawRating(PlayerNumber, Rating); -end; - -procedure TscreenScore.DrawRating(PlayerNumber: integer; Rating: integer); -var - Posx: real; - Posy: real; - Width: real; -begin - - CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber); - - PosX := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].X + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W * 0.5); - PosY := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].H * 0.5); ; - - Width := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue/2; - - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexNum); - - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(PosX - Width, PosY - Width); - glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, 0); glVertex2f(PosX + Width, PosY - Width); - glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(PosX + Width, PosY + Width); - glTexCoord2f(0, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(PosX - Width, PosY + Width); - glEnd; - - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d); -end; - -function TscreenScore.CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber: integer): real; -var - ReturnValue: real; - p, s: real; - - RaiseStep, MaxVal: real; - EaseOut_Step: integer; -begin - EaseOut_Step := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep; - MaxVal := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W; - - RaiseStep := EaseOut_Step; - - if (MaxVal > 0) and (RaiseStep > 0) then - RaiseStep := RaiseStep / MaxVal; - - if (RaiseStep = 1) then - begin - ReturnValue := MaxVal; - end - else - begin - p := MaxVal * 0.4; - - s := p/(2*PI) * arcsin (1); - ReturnValue := MaxVal * power(2,-5 * RaiseStep) * sin( (RaiseStep * MaxVal - s) * (2 * PI) / p) + MaxVal; - - inc(aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep); - aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue := ReturnValue; - end; - - Result := ReturnValue; -end; - -procedure TscreenScore.EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber: integer; BarType: string); -const - RaiseSmoothness: integer = 100; -var - MaxHeight: real; - NewHeight: real; - - Height2Reach: real; - RaiseStep: real; - BarStartPosY: single; - - lTmp: real; - Score: integer; -begin - MaxHeight := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].H; - - // let's get the points according to the bar we draw - // score array starts at 0, which means the score for player 1 is in score[0] - // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps - if (BarType = 'Note') then - begin - Score := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreInt; - RaiseStep := BarScore_EaseOut_Step; - BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y + MaxHeight; - end - else if (BarType = 'Line') then - begin - Score := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreLineInt; - RaiseStep := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step; - BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight + MaxHeight; - end - else if (BarType = 'Golden') then - begin - Score := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreGoldenInt; - RaiseStep := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step; - BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight + MaxHeight; - end - else - begin - Log.LogCritical('Unknown bar-type: ' + BarType, 'TScreenScore.EaseBarIn'); - Exit; // suppress warnings - end; - - // the height dependend of the score - Height2Reach := (Score / MAX_SONG_SCORE) * MaxHeight; - - if (aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].Bar_Actual_Height < Height2Reach) then - begin - // Check http://proto.layer51.com/d.aspx?f=400 for more info on easing functions - // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps - RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps; - - // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity - // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion - lTmp := (-Height2Reach * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20) + BarStartPosY); - - if ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) and ( lTmp > 0 ) then - NewHeight := lTmp / RaiseSmoothness; - - end - else - NewHeight := Height2Reach; - - DrawBar(BarType, PlayerNumber, BarStartPosY, NewHeight); - - if (BarType = 'Note') then - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight := NewHeight - else if (BarType = 'Line') then - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight := NewHeight - else if (BarType = 'Golden') then - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarGolden_ActualHeight := NewHeight; -end; - -procedure TscreenScore.DrawBar(BarType: string; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real); -var - Width: real; - BarStartPosX: real; -begin - // this is solely for better readability of the drawing - Width := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W; - BarStartPosX := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].X; - - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); - - // set the texture for the bar - if (BarType = 'Note') then - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark.TexNum); - if (BarType = 'Line') then - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light.TexNum); - if (BarType = 'Golden') then - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest.TexNum); - - //draw it - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY, ZBars); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX, BarStartPosY, ZBars); - glEnd; - - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d); - - //the round thing on top - if (BarType = 'Note') then - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark.TexNum); - if (BarType = 'Line') then - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Light.TexNum); - if (BarType = 'Golden') then - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest.TexNum); - - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX, (BarStartPosY - Static[StaticLevelRound[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, (BarStartPosY - Static[StaticLevelRound[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars); - glEnd; - - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d); -end; - -procedure TScreenScore.EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: string); -const - RaiseSmoothness: integer = 100; -var - RaiseStep: real; - lTmpA: real; - ScoreReached: integer; - EaseOut_Step: real; - ActualScoreValue: integer; -begin - if (ScoreType = 'Note') then - begin - EaseOut_Step := BarScore_EaseOut_Step; - ActualScoreValue := TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]; - ScoreReached := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreInt; - end; - if (ScoreType = 'Line') then - begin - EaseOut_Step := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step; - ActualScoreValue := TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]; - ScoreReached := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreLineInt; - end; - if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then - begin - EaseOut_Step := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step; - ActualScoreValue := TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]; - ScoreReached := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreGoldenInt; - end; - - // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps - RaiseStep := EaseOut_Step; - - if (ActualScoreValue < ScoreReached) then - begin - // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps - RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps; - - // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity - // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion - lTmpA := (-ScoreReached * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20)); - if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and - ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) then - begin - if (ScoreType = 'Note') then - TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness); - if (ScoreType = 'Line') then - TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness); - if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then - TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness); - end; - end - else - begin - if (ScoreType = 'Note') then - TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := ScoreReached; - if (ScoreType = 'Line') then - TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := ScoreReached; - if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then - TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := ScoreReached; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenScore.FillPlayer(Item, P: integer); -var - S: string; -begin - Text[TextName[Item]].Text := Ini.Name[P]; - - S := IntToStr((Round(Player[P].Score) div 10) * 10); - while (Length(S)<4) do - S := '0' + S; - Text[TextNotesScore[Item]].Text := S; - - // while (Length(S)<5) do S := '0' + S; - // Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S; - - //fixed: line bonus and golden notes don't show up, - // another bug: total score was shown without added golden-, linebonus - S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreTotalInt); - while (Length(S)<5) do - S := '0' + S; - Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S; - - S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreLineInt); - while (Length(S)<4) do - S := '0' + S; - Text[TextLineBonusScore[Item]].Text := S; - - S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreGoldenInt); - while (Length(S)<4) do - S := '0' + S; - Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[Item]].Text := S; - //end of fix - -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 0b7dfba4..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1001 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenSing; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SysUtils, - SDL, - TextGL, - gl, - UFiles, - UGraphicClasses, - UIni, - ULog, - ULyrics, - UMenu, - UMusic, - USingScores, - USongs, - UTexture, - UThemes, - UPath, - UTime; - -type - TLyricsSyncSource = class(TInterfacedObject,ISyncSource) - function GetClock(): real; - end; - -type - TScreenSing = class(TMenu) - protected - VideoLoaded: boolean; - Paused: boolean; // pause mod - LyricsSync: TLyricsSyncSource; - NumEmptySentences: integer; - public - // timebar fields - StaticTimeProgress: integer; - TextTimeText: integer; - - StaticP1: integer; - TextP1: integer; - - // shown when game is in 2/4 player modus - StaticP1TwoP: integer; - TextP1TwoP: integer; - - // shown when game is in 3/6 player modus - StaticP1ThreeP: integer; - TextP1ThreeP: integer; - - StaticP2R: integer; - TextP2R: integer; - - StaticP2M: integer; - TextP2M: integer; - - StaticP3R: integer; - TextP3R: integer; - - StaticPausePopup: integer; - - Tex_Background: TTexture; - FadeOut: boolean; - Lyrics: TLyricEngine; - - // score manager: - Scores: TSingScores; - - //the song was sung to the end - SungToEnd: boolean; - - fShowVisualization: boolean; - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine: IVideoPlayback; - - constructor Create; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure OnShowFinish; override; - procedure OnHide; override; - - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; - PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - - procedure Finish; virtual; - procedure Pause; // toggle pause - - procedure OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: cardinal); // for linebonus + singbar - procedure OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: cardinal); // for golden notes - end; - -implementation - -uses - Classes, - Math, - UDraw, - UGraphic, - ULanguage, - UNote, - URecord, - USong, - UDisplay, - UUnicodeUtils; - -// method for input parsing. if false is returned, getnextwindow -// should be checked to know the next window to load; - -function TScreenSing.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; - PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // key down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - // when not ask before exit then finish now - if (Ini.AskbeforeDel <> 1) then - Finish - // else just pause and let the popup make the work - else if not Paused then - Pause; - - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - Ord('V'): // show visualization - begin - fShowVisualization := not fShowVisualization; - - if fShowVisualization then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := Visualization - else - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback; - - if fShowVisualization then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.play; - - Exit; - end; - Ord('P'): - begin - Pause; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - // record sound hack: - //Sound[0].BufferLong - - Finish; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenScore); - end; - - SDLK_SPACE: - begin - Pause; - end; - - SDLK_TAB: // change visualization preset - begin - if fShowVisualization then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Position := now; // move to a random position - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - end; - - // up and down could be done at the same time, - // but i don't want to declare variables inside - // functions like this one, called so many times - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - end; - SDLK_UP: - begin - end; - end; - end; -end; - -// pause mod -procedure TScreenSing.Pause; -var - VideoFile: IPath; -begin - if (not Paused) then // enable pause - begin - // pause time - Paused := true; - - LyricsState.Pause(); - - // pause music - AudioPlayback.Pause; - - // pause video - VideoFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Video); - if (CurrentSong.Video.IsSet) and VideoFile.Exists then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Pause; - - end - else // disable pause - begin - LyricsState.Resume(); - - // play music - AudioPlayback.Play; - - // video - VideoFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Video); - if (CurrentSong.Video.IsSet) and VideoFile.Exists then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Pause; - - Paused := false; - end; -end; -// pause mod end - -constructor TScreenSing.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - //too dangerous, a mouse button is quickly pressed by accident - RightMbESC := false; - - fShowVisualization := false; - - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback; - - // create score class - Scores := TSingScores.Create; - Scores.LoadfromTheme; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Sing); - - // timebar - StaticTimeProgress := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress); - TextTimeText := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextTimeText); - - // 1 player | P1 - StaticP1 := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1); - TextP1 := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1); - - // 2 or 4 players | P1 - StaticP1TwoP := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoP); - TextP1TwoP := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoP); - - // | P2 - StaticP2R := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2R); - TextP2R := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2R); - - // 3 or 6 players | P1 - StaticP1ThreeP := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreeP); - TextP1ThreeP := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreeP); - - // | P2 - StaticP2M := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2M); - TextP2M := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2M); - - // | P3 - StaticP3R := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3R); - TextP3R := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP3R); - - StaticPausePopup := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.PausePopUp); - - // <note> pausepopup is not visibile at the beginning </note> - Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false; - - Lyrics := TLyricEngine.Create( - Theme.LyricBar.UpperX, Theme.LyricBar.UpperY, Theme.LyricBar.UpperW, Theme.LyricBar.UpperH, - Theme.LyricBar.LowerX, Theme.LyricBar.LowerY, Theme.LyricBar.LowerW, Theme.LyricBar.LowerH); - - LyricsSync := TLyricsSyncSource.Create(); -end; - -procedure TScreenSing.OnShow; -var - Index: integer; - V1: boolean; - V1TwoP: boolean; // position of score box in two player mode - V1ThreeP: boolean; // position of score box in three player mode - V2R: boolean; - V2M: boolean; - V3R: boolean; - Color: TRGB; - VideoFile, BgFile: IPath; - success: boolean; -begin - inherited; - - Log.LogStatus('Begin', 'OnShow'); - FadeOut := false; - - //the song was sung to the end - SungToEnd := false; - - // reset video playback engine, to play video clip ... - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback; - - // setup score manager - Scores.ClearPlayers; // clear old player values - Color.R := 0; - Color.G := 0; - Color.B := 0; // dummy atm <- \(O.o)/? B like bummy? - - // add new players - for Index := 0 to PlayersPlay - 1 do - begin - Scores.AddPlayer(Tex_ScoreBG[Index], Color); - end; - - Scores.Init; // get positions for players - - // prepare players - SetLength(Player, PlayersPlay); - - case PlayersPlay of - 1: - begin - V1 := true; - V1TwoP := false; - V1ThreeP := false; - V2R := false; - V2M := false; - V3R := false; - end; - 2: - begin - V1 := false; - V1TwoP := true; - V1ThreeP := false; - V2R := true; - V2M := false; - V3R := false; - end; - 3: - begin - V1 := false; - V1TwoP := false; - V1ThreeP := true; - V2R := false; - V2M := true; - V3R := true; - end; - 4: - begin // double screen - V1 := false; - V1TwoP := true; - V1ThreeP := false; - V2R := true; - V2M := false; - V3R := false; - end; - 6: - begin // double screen - V1 := false; - V1TwoP := false; - V1ThreeP := true; - V2R := false; - V2M := true; - V3R := true; - end; - - end; - - // this one is shown in 1P mode - Static[StaticP1].Visible := V1; - Text[TextP1].Visible := V1; - - // this one is shown in 2/4P mode - Static[StaticP1TwoP].Visible := V1TwoP; - Text[TextP1TwoP].Visible := V1TwoP; - - Static[StaticP2R].Visible := V2R; - Text[TextP2R].Visible := V2R; - - // this one is shown in 3/6P mode - Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Visible := V1ThreeP; - Text[TextP1ThreeP].Visible := V1ThreeP; - - Static[StaticP2M].Visible := V2M; - Text[TextP2M].Visible := V2M; - - Static[StaticP3R].Visible := V3R; - Text[TextP3R].Visible := V3R; - - // FIXME: sets path and filename to '' - ResetSingTemp; - - CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected]; - - // FIXME: bad style, put the try-except into loadsong() and not here - try - // check if file is xml - if CurrentSong.FileName.GetExtension.ToUTF8 = '.xml' then - success := CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong() - else - success := CurrentSong.LoadSong(); - except - success := false; - end; - - if (not success) then - begin - // error loading song -> go back to song screen and show some error message - FadeTo(@ScreenSong); - // select new song in party mode - if ScreenSong.Mode = smPartyMode then - ScreenSong.SelectRandomSong(); - if (Length(CurrentSong.LastError) > 0) then - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Format(Language.Translate(CurrentSong.LastError), [CurrentSong.ErrorLineNo])) - else - ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG')); - // FIXME: do we need this? - CurrentSong.Path := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected].Path; - Exit; - end; - - // reset video playback engine, to play video clip ... - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close; - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback; - - {* - * == Background == - * We have four types of backgrounds: - * + Blank : Nothing has been set, this is our fallback - * + Picture : Picture has been set, and exists - otherwise we fallback - * + Video : Video has been set, and exists - otherwise we fallback - * + Visualization: + Off : No visualization - * + WhenNoVideo: Overwrites blank and picture - * + On : Overwrites blank, picture and video - *} - - {* - * set background to: video - *} - VideoLoaded := false; - fShowVisualization := false; - VideoFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Video); - if (CurrentSong.Video.IsSet) and VideoFile.IsFile then - begin - if (fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Open(VideoFile)) then - begin - fShowVisualization := false; - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback; - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Position := CurrentSong.VideoGAP + CurrentSong.Start; - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Play; - VideoLoaded := true; - end; - end; - - {* - * set background to: picture - *} - if (CurrentSong.Background.IsSet) and (VideoLoaded = false) - and (TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) = voOff) then - begin - BgFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Background); - try - Tex_Background := Texture.LoadTexture(BgFile); - except - Log.LogError('Background could not be loaded: ' + BgFile.ToNative); - Tex_Background.TexNum := 0; - end - end - else - begin - Tex_Background.TexNum := 0; - end; - - {* - * set background to: visualization (Overwrites all) - *} - if (TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) in [voOn]) then - begin - fShowVisualization := true; - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := Visualization; - if (fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine <> nil) then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Play; - end; - - {* - * set background to: visualization (Videos are still shown) - *} - if ((TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) in [voWhenNoVideo]) and - (VideoLoaded = false)) then - begin - fShowVisualization := true; - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := Visualization; - if (fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine <> nil) then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Play; - end; - - // prepare lyrics timer - LyricsState.Reset(); - LyricsState.SetCurrentTime(CurrentSong.Start); - LyricsState.StartTime := CurrentSong.Gap; - if (CurrentSong.Finish > 0) then - LyricsState.TotalTime := CurrentSong.Finish / 1000 - else - LyricsState.TotalTime := AudioPlayback.Length; - LyricsState.UpdateBeats(); - - // prepare music - AudioPlayback.Stop(); - AudioPlayback.Position := CurrentSong.Start; - // synchronize music to the lyrics - AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(LyricsSync); - - // prepare and start voice-capture - AudioInput.CaptureStart; - - // clear the scores of all players - - for Index := 0 to High(Player) do - with Player[Index] do - begin - Score := 0; - ScoreLine := 0; - ScoreGolden := 0; - - ScoreInt := 0; - ScoreLineInt := 0; - ScoreGoldenInt := 0; - ScoreTotalInt := 0; - - ScoreLast := 0; - - LastSentencePerfect := false; - end; - - // main text - Lyrics.Clear(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM, CurrentSong.Resolution); - - // set custom options - case Ini.LyricsFont of - 0: // normal fonts - begin - Lyrics.FontStyle := 0; - - Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := Skin_FontR; - Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := Skin_FontG; - Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := Skin_FontB; - Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1; - - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.4; - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.4; - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.4; - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1; - - Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.02; - Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.6; - Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 0.8; - Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1; - end; - 1, 2: // outline fonts (is TScalableOutlineFont) - begin - Lyrics.FontStyle := Ini.LyricsFont + 1; - - Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := 0.75; - Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := 0.75; - Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := 1; - Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1; - - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.8; - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.8; - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.8; - Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1; - - Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.5; - Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.5; - Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 1; - Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1; - end; - end; // case - - // initialize lyrics by filling its queue - while (not Lyrics.IsQueueFull) and - (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) do - begin - Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]); - end; - - // deactivate pause - Paused := false; - - // kill all stars not killed yet (goldenstarstwinkle mod) - GoldenRec.SentenceChange; - - // set position of line bonus - line bonus end - // set number of empty sentences for line bonus - NumEmptySentences := 0; - for Index := Low(Lines[0].Line) to High(Lines[0].Line) do - if Lines[0].Line[Index].TotalNotes = 0 then - Inc(NumEmptySentences); - - Log.LogStatus('End', 'OnShow'); -end; - -procedure TScreenSing.onShowFinish; -begin - // hide cursor on singscreen show - Display.SetCursor; - - // start lyrics - LyricsState.Resume(); - - // start music - AudioPlayback.Play(); - - // start timer - CountSkipTimeSet; -end; - -procedure TScreenSing.OnHide; -begin - // background texture - if (Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then - begin - glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(@Tex_Background.TexNum)); - Tex_Background.TexNum := 0; - end; - - Background.OnFinish; - Display.SetCursor; -end; - -function TScreenSing.Draw: boolean; -var - Min: integer; - Sec: integer; - T: integer; - CurLyricsTime: real; - Line: TLyricLine; - LastWord: TLyricWord; -begin - Background.Draw; - - // draw background picture (if any, and if no visualizations) - // when we don't check for visualizations the visualizations would - // be overdrawn by the picture when {UNDEFINED UseTexture} in UVisualizer - if (not fShowVisualization) then - SingDrawBackground; - - // set player names (for 2 screens and only singstar skin) - if ScreenAct = 1 then - begin - Text[TextP1].Text := 'P1'; - Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P1'; - Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P1'; - Text[TextP2R].Text := 'P2'; - Text[TextP2M].Text := 'P2'; - Text[TextP3R].Text := 'P3'; - end; - - if ScreenAct = 2 then - begin - case PlayersPlay of - 4: - begin - Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P3'; - Text[TextP2R].Text := 'P4'; - end; - 6: - begin - Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P4'; - Text[TextP2M].Text := 'P5'; - Text[TextP3R].Text := 'P6'; - end; - end; // case - end; // if - - //// - // dual screen, part 1 - //////////////////////// - - // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we - // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here. - // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff. Commenting this stuff out, nothing - // was missing on screen w/ 6 players - so do we even need this stuff? - {Static[StaticP1].Texture.X := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X + 10 * ScreenX; - - Text[TextP1].X := Text[TextP1].X + 10 * ScreenX; } - - {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP1Score].X := Text[TextP1Score].X + 10*ScreenX;} - - {Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X + 10 * ScreenX; - - Text[TextP2R].X := Text[TextP2R].X + 10 * ScreenX; } - - {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP2RScore].X := Text[TextP2RScore].X + 10*ScreenX;} - - // end of weird stuff - { - Static[1].Texture.X := Static[1].Texture.X + 10 * ScreenX; } - - { for T := 0 to 1 do - Text[T].X := Text[T].X + 10 * ScreenX; } - - // retrieve current lyrics time, we have to store the value to avoid - // that min- and sec-values do not match - CurLyricsTime := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime(); - Min := Round(CurLyricsTime) div 60; - Sec := Round(CurLyricsTime) mod 60; - - // update static menu with time ... - Text[TextTimeText].Text := ''; - if Min < 10 then - Text[TextTimeText].Text := '0'; - Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Min) + ':'; - if Sec < 10 then - Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + '0'; - Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Sec); - - // draw static menu (BG) - // Note: there is no menu and the animated background brakes the video playback - //DrawBG; - - //the song was sung to the end? - Line := Lyrics.GetUpperLine(); - if Line.LastLine then - begin - LastWord := Line.Words[Length(Line.Words)-1]; - if CurLyricsTime >= GetTimeFromBeat(LastWord.Start+LastWord.Length) then - SungToEnd := true; - end; - - // update and draw movie - if (ShowFinish and (VideoLoaded or fShowVisualization)) then - begin - if assigned(fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine) then - begin - // Just call this once - // when Screens = 2 - if (ScreenAct = 1) then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.GetFrame(CurrentSong.VideoGAP + LyricsState.GetCurrentTime()); - - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.DrawGL(ScreenAct); - end; - end; - - // draw static menu (FG) - DrawFG; - - // check for music finish - //Log.LogError('Check for music finish: ' + BoolToStr(Music.Finished) + ' ' + FloatToStr(LyricsState.CurrentTime*1000) + ' ' + IntToStr(CurrentSong.Finish)); - if ShowFinish then - begin - if (not AudioPlayback.Finished) and ((CurrentSong.Finish = 0) or - (LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() * 1000 <= CurrentSong.Finish)) then - begin - // analyze song if not paused - if (not Paused) then - Sing(Self); - end - else - begin - if (not FadeOut) then - begin - Finish; - FadeOut := true; - FadeTo(@ScreenScore); - end; - end; - end; - - // always draw custom items - SingDraw; - - // goldennotestarstwinkle - GoldenRec.SpawnRec; - - // draw scores - Scores.Draw; - - //// - // dual screen, part 2 - //////////////////////// - - // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we - // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here. - // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff - - {Static[StaticP1].Texture.X := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X - 10 * ScreenX; - Text[TextP1].X := Text[TextP1].X - 10 * ScreenX; - - Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X - 10 * ScreenX; - Text[TextP2R].X := Text[TextP2R].X - 10 * ScreenX; - - // end of weird - - Static[1].Texture.X := Static[1].Texture.X - 10 * ScreenX; - - for T := 0 to 1 do - Text[T].X := Text[T].X - 10 * ScreenX; } - - // draw pausepopup - // FIXME: this is a workaround that the static is drawn over the lyrics, lines, scores and effects - // maybe someone could find a better solution - if Paused then - begin - Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := true; - Static[StaticPausePopup].Draw; - Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false; - end; - - Result := true; -end; - -procedure TScreenSing.Finish; -begin - AudioInput.CaptureStop; - AudioPlayback.Stop; - AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(nil); - - if (VideoPlayback <> nil) then - VideoPlayback.Close; - - if (Visualization <> nil) then - Visualization.Close; - - // to prevent drawing closed video - VideoLoaded := false; - - // kill all stars and effects - GoldenRec.KillAll; - - if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then - begin - Log.BenchmarkStart(0); - Log.LogVoice(0); - Log.LogVoice(1); - Log.LogVoice(2); - Log.BenchmarkEnd(0); - Log.LogBenchmark('Creating files', 0); - end; - - SetFontItalic(false); -end; - -procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: cardinal); -var - PlayerIndex: byte; - CurrentPlayer: PPLayer; - CurrentScore: real; - Line: PLine; - LinePerfection: real; // perfection of singing performance on the current line - Rating: integer; - LineScore: real; - LineBonus: real; - MaxSongScore: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus) - MaxLineScore: real; // max. points for the current line -const - // TODO: move this to a better place - MAX_LINE_RATING = 8; // max. rating for singing performance -begin - Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex]; - - // check for empty sentence - if (Line.TotalNotes <= 0) then - Exit; - - // set max song score - if (Ini.LineBonus = 0) then - MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE - else - MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS; - - // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song - MaxLineScore := MaxSongScore * (Line.TotalNotes / Lines[0].ScoreValue); - - for PlayerIndex := 0 to High(Player) do - begin - CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex]; - CurrentScore := CurrentPlayer.Score + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden; - - // line bonus - - // points for this line - LineScore := CurrentScore - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast; - - // check for lines with low points - if (MaxLineScore <= 2) then - LinePerfection := 1 - else - // determine LinePerfection - // Note: the "+2" extra points are a little bonus so the player does not - // have to be that perfect to reach the bonus steps. - LinePerfection := LineScore / (MaxLineScore - 2); - - // clamp LinePerfection to range [0..1] - if (LinePerfection < 0) then - LinePerfection := 0 - else if (LinePerfection > 1) then - LinePerfection := 1; - - // add line-bonus if enabled - if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then - begin - // line-bonus points (same for each line, no matter how long the line is) - LineBonus := MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS / (Length(Lines[0].Line) - - NumEmptySentences); - // apply line-bonus - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine := - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine + LineBonus * LinePerfection; - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine / 10) * 10; - // update total score - CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := - CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt + - CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt - + CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt; - - // spawn rating pop-up - Rating := Round(LinePerfection * MAX_LINE_RATING); - Scores.SpawnPopUp(PlayerIndex, Rating, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt); - end - else - Scores.RaiseScore(PlayerIndex, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt); - - // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), part 1 - if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then - CurrentPlayer.LastSentencePerfect := (LinePerfection >= 1); - - // refresh last score - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast := CurrentScore; - end; - - // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), part 2 - if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then - GoldenRec.SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle; -end; - - // Called on sentence change - // SentenceIndex: index of the new active sentence -procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: cardinal); -begin - // goldenstarstwinkle - GoldenRec.SentenceChange; - - // fill lyrics queue and set upper line to the current sentence - while (Lyrics.GetUpperLineIndex() < SentenceIndex) or - (not Lyrics.IsQueueFull) do - begin - // add the next line to the queue or a dummy if no more lines are available - if (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then - Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]) - else - Lyrics.AddLine(nil); - end; -end; - -function TLyricsSyncSource.GetClock(): real; -begin - Result := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime(); -end; - -end. - diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSingModi.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSingModi.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 48d1e9a1..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenSingModi.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,582 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenSingModi; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - UMusic, - SDL, - SysUtils, - UFiles, - UTime, - USongs, - UIni, - ULog, - UTexture, - ULyrics, - TextGL, - gl, - UPath, - UThemes, - UScreenSing, - ModiSDK; - -type - TScreenSingModi = class(TScreenSing) - protected - - public - Winner: byte; //Who Wins - PlayerInfo: TPlayerInfo; - TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; - - constructor Create; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - //procedure onShowFinish; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure Finish; override; - end; - -type - TCustomSoundEntry = record - Filename : IPath; - Stream : TAudioPlaybackStream; - end; - -var - //Custom Sounds - CustomSounds: array of TCustomSoundEntry; - -//Procedured for Plugin -function LoadTex(const Name: PChar; Typ: TTextureType): TsmallTexture; - {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} stdcall; {$ELSE} cdecl; {$ENDIF} -//function Translate (const Name: PChar): PChar; -// {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} stdcall; {$ELSE} cdecl; {$ENDIF} -//Procedure to Print Text -procedure Print(const Style, Size: byte; const X, Y: real; const Text: PChar); - {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} stdcall; {$ELSE} cdecl; {$ENDIF} -//Procedure that loads a Custom Sound -function LoadSound(const Name: PChar): cardinal; - {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} stdcall; {$ELSE} cdecl; {$ENDIF} -//Plays a Custom Sound -procedure PlaySound(const Index: cardinal); - {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} stdcall; {$ELSE} cdecl; {$ENDIF} - -//Utilys -function ToSentences(Const Lines: TLines): TSentences; - -implementation - -uses - Classes, - Math, - UDLLManager, - UDraw, - UGraphic, - UGraphicClasses, - ULanguage, - UNote, - UPathUtils, - URecord, - USkins; - -// Method for input parsing. If false is returned, GetNextWindow -// should be checked to know the next window to load; -function TScreenSingModi.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - case PressedKey of - - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - Finish; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyScore); - end; - - else - Result := inherited ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown); - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenSingModi.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - -end; - -function ToSentences(Const Lines: TLines): TSentences; -var - I, J: integer; -begin - Result.Current := Lines.Current; - Result.High := Lines.High; - Result.Number := Lines.Number; - Result.Resolution := Lines.Resolution; - Result.NotesGAP := Lines.NotesGAP; - Result.TotalLength := Lines.ScoreValue; - - SetLength(Result.Sentence, Length(Lines.Line)); - for I := low(Result.Sentence) to high(Result.Sentence) do - begin - Result.Sentence[I].Start := Lines.Line[I].Start; - Result.Sentence[I].StartNote := Lines.Line[I].Note[0].Start; - Result.Sentence[I].Lyric := Lines.Line[I].Lyric; - Result.Sentence[I].End_ := Lines.Line[I].End_; - Result.Sentence[I].BaseNote := Lines.Line[I].BaseNote; - Result.Sentence[I].HighNote := Lines.Line[I].HighNote; - Result.Sentence[I].TotalNotes := Lines.Line[I].TotalNotes; - - SetLength(Result.Sentence[I].Note, Length(Lines.Line[I].Note)); - for J := low(Result.Sentence[I].Note) to high(Result.Sentence[I].Note) do - begin - Result.Sentence[I].Note[J].Color := Lines.Line[I].Note[J].Color; - Result.Sentence[I].Note[J].Start := Lines.Line[I].Note[J].Start; - Result.Sentence[I].Note[J].Length := Lines.Line[I].Note[J].Length; - Result.Sentence[I].Note[J].Tone := Lines.Line[I].Note[J].Tone; - //Result.Sentence[I].Note[J].Text := Lines.Line[I].Note[J].Text; - Result.Sentence[I].Note[J].FreeStyle := (Lines.Line[I].Note[J].NoteType = ntFreestyle); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSingModi.OnShow; -var - I: integer; -begin - inherited; - - PlayersPlay := TeamInfo.NumTeams; - - if DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong then //Start with Song - begin - inherited; - end - else //Start Without Song - begin - AudioInput.CaptureStart; - end; - -//Set Playerinfo - PlayerInfo.NumPlayers := PlayersPlay; - for I := 0 to PlayerInfo.NumPlayers-1 do - begin - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Name := PChar(Ini.Name[I]); - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score := 0; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Bar := 50; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Enabled := true; - end; - - for I := PlayerInfo.NumPlayers to high(PlayerInfo.Playerinfo) do - begin - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score:= 0; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Bar := 0; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Enabled := false; - end; - - {Case PlayersPlay of - 1: begin - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].PosX := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].PosY := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.H; - end; - 2,4: begin - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].PosX := Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].PosY := Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].PosX := Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].PosY := Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].PosX := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].PosY := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].PosX := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].PosY := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.H; - end; - 3,6: begin - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].PosX := Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].PosY := Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].PosX := Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].PosY := Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].PosX := Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].PosY := Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[4].PosX := Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[4].PosY := Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].PosX := Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].PosY := Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.H; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[5].PosX := Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.X; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[5].PosY := Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.Y + Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.H; - end; - end; } - - // play music (I) - //Music.CaptureStart; - //Music.MoveTo(AktSong.Start); - - //Init Plugin - if not DLLMan.PluginInit(TeamInfo, PlayerInfo, ToSentences(Lines[0]), LoadTex, Print, LoadSound, PlaySound) then - begin - //Fehler - Log.LogError('Could not Init Plugin'); - Halt; - end; - - // Set Background (Little Workaround, maybe change sometime) - if (DLLMan.Selected.LoadBack) and (DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong) then - ScreenSing.Tex_Background := Tex_Background; - - Winner := 0; - - //Set Score Visibility - Scores.Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - - {if PlayersPlay = 1 then - begin - Text[TextP1Score].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - end; - - if (PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4) then - begin - Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - - Text[TextP2RScore].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - end; - - if (PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6) then - begin - Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - - Text[TextP2MScore].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - - Text[TextP3RScore].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Visible := DLLMan.Selected.ShowScore; - end; } -end; - -function TScreenSingModi.Draw: boolean; -var - Min: integer; - Sec: integer; - TextStr: string; - S, I: integer; - T: integer; - CurLyricsTime: real; -begin - Result := false; - - //Set Playerinfo - PlayerInfo.NumPlayers := PlayersPlay; - for I := 0 to PlayerInfo.NumPlayers-1 do - begin - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Name := PChar(Player[I].Name); - if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Enabled then - begin - if (Player[I].ScoreTotalInt <= MAX_SONG_SCORE) then - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score:= Player[I].ScoreTotalInt; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Bar := Round(Scores.Players[I].RBPos * 100); - end; - end; - - Background.Draw; - - // draw background picture (if any, and if no visualizations) - // when we don't check for visualizations the visualizations would - // be overdrawn by the picture when {UNDEFINED UseTexture} in UVisualizer - if (DllMan.Selected.LoadSong) and (DllMan.Selected.LoadBack) and (not fShowVisualization) then - SingDrawBackground; - - // set player names (for 2 screens and only Singstar skin) - if ScreenAct = 1 then - begin - Text[TextP1].Text := 'P1'; - Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P1'; // added for ps3 skin - Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P1'; // added for ps3 skin - Text[TextP2R].Text := 'P2'; - Text[TextP2M].Text := 'P2'; - Text[TextP3R].Text := 'P3'; - end - - Else if ScreenAct = 2 then - begin - case PlayersPlay of - 4: begin - Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P3'; - Text[TextP2R].Text := 'P4'; - end; - 6: begin - Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P4'; - Text[TextP2M].Text := 'P5'; - Text[TextP3R].Text := 'P6'; - end; - end; // case - end; // if - - // stereo <- and where iss P2M? or P3? - Static[StaticP1].Texture.X := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP1].X := Text[TextP1].X + 10*ScreenX; - - {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP1Score].X := Text[TextP1Score].X + 10*ScreenX;} - - Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP2R].X := Text[TextP2R].X + 10*ScreenX; - - for S := 1 to 1 do - Static[S].Texture.X := Static[S].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX; - - for T := 0 to 1 do - Text[T].X := Text[T].X + 10*ScreenX; - - if DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong then - begin - // update static menu with time ... - CurLyricsTime := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime(); - Min := Round(CurLyricsTime) div 60; - Sec := Round(CurLyricsTime) mod 60; - - Text[TextTimeText].Text := ''; - if Min < 10 then Text[TextTimeText].Text := '0'; - Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Min) + ':'; - if Sec < 10 then Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + '0'; - Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Sec); - end; - - // update and draw movie -{ if ShowFinish and CurrentSong.VideoLoaded and DllMan.Selected.LoadVideo then - begin - UpdateSmpeg; // this only draws - end;} - - // update and draw movie - if (ShowFinish and (VideoLoaded or fShowVisualization) and DllMan.Selected.LoadVideo) then - begin - if assigned(fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine) then - begin - // Just call this once - // when Screens = 2 - if (ScreenAct = 1) then - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.GetFrame(CurrentSong.VideoGAP + LyricsState.GetCurrentTime()); - - fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.DrawGL(ScreenAct); - end; - end; - - // draw static menu (FG) - DrawFG; - - if ShowFinish then - begin - if DllMan.Selected.LoadSong then - begin - if (not AudioPlayback.Finished) and ((CurrentSong.Finish = 0) or (LyricsState.GetCurrentTime*1000 <= CurrentSong.Finish)) then - begin - //Pause Mod: - if not Paused then - Sing(Self); // analyze song - end - else - begin - if not FadeOut then - begin - Finish; - FadeOut := true; - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyScore); - end; - end; - end; - end; - - // draw custom items - SingModiDraw(PlayerInfo); // always draw - - //GoldenNoteStarsTwinkle Mod - GoldenRec.SpawnRec; - //GoldenNoteStarsTwinkle Mod - - //Draw Score - Scores.Draw; - - //Update PlayerInfo - for I := 0 to PlayerInfo.NumPlayers-1 do - begin - if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Enabled then - begin - //PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Bar := Player[I].ScorePercent; - PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score := Player[I].ScoreTotalInt; - end; - end; - - if ((ShowFinish) and (not Paused)) then - begin - if not DLLMan.PluginDraw(Playerinfo, Lines[0].Current) then - begin - if not FadeOut then - begin - Finish; - FadeOut := true; - FadeTo(@ScreenPartyScore); - end; - end; - end; - - //Change PlayerInfo/Changeables - for I := 0 to PlayerInfo.NumPlayers-1 do - begin - if (Player[I].ScoreTotalInt <> PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score) then - begin - //Player[I].ScoreTotal := Player[I].ScoreTotal + (PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score - Player[I].ScoreTotalI); - Player[I].ScoreTotalInt := PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score; - end; - {if (PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Bar <> Player[I].ScorePercent) then - Player[I].ScorePercentTarget := PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Bar; } - end; - - // back stereo - Static[StaticP1].Texture.X := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP1].X := Text[TextP1].X - 10*ScreenX; - - {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP1Score].X := Text[TextP1Score].X - 10*ScreenX;} - - Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP2R].X := Text[TextP2R].X - 10*ScreenX; - - {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX; - Text[TextP2RScore].X := Text[TextP2RScore].X - 10*ScreenX;} - - for S := 1 to 1 do - Static[S].Texture.X := Static[S].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX; - - for T := 0 to 1 do - Text[T].X := Text[T].X - 10*ScreenX; - - Result := true; -end; - -procedure TScreenSingModi.Finish; -begin -inherited Finish; - -Winner := DllMan.PluginFinish(PlayerInfo); - -//Log.LogError('Winner: ' + InttoStr(Winner)); - -//DLLMan.UnLoadPlugin; -end; - -function LoadTex(const Name: PChar; Typ: TTextureType): TsmallTexture; -var - TexName: IPath; - Ext: UTF8String; - Tex: TTexture; -begin - //Get texture Name - TexName := Skin.GetTextureFileName(string(Name)); - //Get File Typ - Ext := TexName.GetExtension().ToUTF8; - if (UpperCase(Ext) = '.JPG') then - Ext := 'JPG' - else - Ext := 'BMP'; - - Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(false, TexName, UTexture.TTextureType(Typ), 0); - - Result.TexNum := Tex.TexNum; - Result.W := Tex.W; - Result.H := Tex.H; -end; -{ -function Translate (const Name: PChar): PChar; stdcall; -begin - Result := PChar(Language.Translate(string(Name))); -end; } - -//Procedure to Print Text -procedure Print(const Style, Size: byte; const X, Y: real; const Text: PChar); -begin - SetFontItalic ((Style and 128) = 128); - SetFontStyle(Style and 7); - // FIXME: FONTSIZE - // used by Hold_The_Line / TeamDuell - SetFontSize(Size); - SetFontPos (X, Y); - glPrint (Language.Translate(string(Text))); -end; - -//Procedure that loads a Custom Sound -function LoadSound(const Name: PChar): cardinal; -var - Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream; - i: integer; - Filename: IPath; - SoundFile: IPath; -begin - //Search for Sound in already loaded Sounds - SoundFile := SoundPath.Append(Name); - for i := 0 to High(CustomSounds) do - begin - if (SoundFile.Equals(CustomSounds[i].Filename, true)) then - begin - Result := i; - Exit; - end; - end; - - Stream := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundFile); - if (Stream = nil) then - begin - Result := 0; - Exit; - end; - - SetLength(CustomSounds, Length(CustomSounds)+1); - CustomSounds[High(CustomSounds)].Stream := Stream; - Result := High(CustomSounds); -end; - -//Plays a Custom Sound -procedure PlaySound(const Index: cardinal); -begin - if (Index <= High(CustomSounds)) then - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(CustomSounds[Index].Stream); -end; - -end. - diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas deleted file mode 100644 index a2760ae3..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2061 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenSong; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SysUtils, - SDL, - UCommon, - UDisplay, - UPath, - UFiles, - UIni, - ULanguage, - ULog, - UMenu, - UMenuEqualizer, - UMusic, - USong, - USongs, - UTexture, - UThemes, - UTime; - -type - TScreenSong = class(TMenu) - private - Equalizer: Tms_Equalizer; - - PreviewOpened: Integer; // interaction of the Song that is loaded for preview music - // -1 if nothing is opened - - procedure StartMusicPreview(); - procedure StopMusicPreview(); - public - TextArtist: integer; - TextTitle: integer; - TextNumber: integer; - - //Video Icon Mod - VideoIcon: cardinal; - - TextCat: integer; - StaticCat: integer; - - SongCurrent: real; - SongTarget: real; - - HighSpeed: boolean; - CoverFull: boolean; - CoverTime: real; - MusicPreviewTimer: PSDL_TimerID; - - CoverX: integer; - CoverY: integer; - CoverW: integer; - is_jump: boolean; // Jump to Song Mod - is_jump_title:boolean; //Jump to SOng MOd-YTrue if search for Title - - //Party Mod - Mode: TSingMode; - - //party Statics (Joker) - StaticTeam1Joker1: cardinal; - StaticTeam1Joker2: cardinal; - StaticTeam1Joker3: cardinal; - StaticTeam1Joker4: cardinal; - StaticTeam1Joker5: cardinal; - - StaticTeam2Joker1: cardinal; - StaticTeam2Joker2: cardinal; - StaticTeam2Joker3: cardinal; - StaticTeam2Joker4: cardinal; - StaticTeam2Joker5: cardinal; - - StaticTeam3Joker1: cardinal; - StaticTeam3Joker2: cardinal; - StaticTeam3Joker3: cardinal; - StaticTeam3Joker4: cardinal; - StaticTeam3Joker5: cardinal; - - StaticParty: array of cardinal; - TextParty: array of cardinal; - StaticNonParty: array of cardinal; - TextNonParty: array of cardinal; - - constructor Create; override; - procedure SetScroll; - //procedure SetScroll1; - //procedure SetScroll2; - procedure SetScroll3; - procedure SetScroll4; - procedure SetScroll5; - procedure SetScroll6; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure GenerateThumbnails(); - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure OnHide; override; - procedure SelectNext(UnloadCover: boolean); - procedure SelectPrev(UnloadCover: boolean); - procedure SkipTo(Target: cardinal); - procedure FixSelected; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix - procedure FixSelected2; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix - procedure ShowCatTL(Cat: integer);// Show Cat in Top left - procedure ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: UTF8String);// Show Custom Text in Top left - procedure HideCatTL;// Show Cat in Tob left - procedure Refresh; //Refresh Song Sorting - procedure ChangeMusic; - //Party Mode - procedure SelectRandomSong; - procedure SetJoker; - procedure SetStatics; - //procedures for Menu - procedure StartSong; - procedure OpenEditor; - procedure DoJoker(Team: byte); - procedure SelectPlayers; - - procedure UnloadDetailedCover; - - //Extensions - procedure DrawExtensions; - end; - -implementation - -uses - Math, - gl, - UCovers, - UDLLManager, - UGraphic, - UMain, - UMenuButton, - UNote, - UParty, - UPlaylist, - UScreenSongMenu, - USkins, - UUnicodeUtils; - -// ***** Public methods ****** // - -//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix -procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected; -var - I, I2: integer; -begin - if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then - begin - I2:= 0; - for I := Low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then - inc(I2); - - if I = Interaction - 1 then - break; - end; - - SongCurrent := I2; - SongTarget := I2; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected2; -var - I, I2: integer; -begin - if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then - begin - I2:= 0; - for I := Low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then - inc(I2); - - if I = Interaction - 1 then - break; - end; - - SongTarget := I2; - end; -end; -//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix End - -procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: UTF8String);// Show Custom Text in Top left -begin - Text[TextCat].Text := Caption; - Text[TextCat].Visible := true; - Static[StaticCat].Visible := false; -end; - -//Show Cat in Top Left Mod -procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTL(Cat: integer); -begin - //Change - Text[TextCat].Text := CatSongs.Song[Cat].Artist; - Static[StaticCat].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true); - - //Show - Text[TextCat].Visible := true; - Static[StaticCat].Visible := true; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.HideCatTL; -begin - //Hide - //Text[TextCat].Visible := false; - Static[StaticCat].Visible := false; - //New -> Show Text specified in Theme - Text[TextCat].Visible := true; - Text[TextCat].Text := Theme.Song.TextCat.Text; -end; -//Show Cat in Top Left Mod End - -// Method for input parsing. If false is returned, GetNextWindow -// should be checked to know the next window to load; -function TScreenSong.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -var - I: integer; - I2: integer; - SDL_ModState: word; - UpperLetter: UCS4Char; - TempStr: UTF8String; -begin - Result := true; - - //Song Screen Extensions (Jumpto + Menu) - if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then - begin - Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown); - Exit; - end - else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then - begin - Result := ScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown); - Exit; - end; - - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - - SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT - + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT); - - //Jump to Artist/Titel - if ((SDL_ModState and KMOD_LALT <> 0) and (Mode = smNormal)) then - begin - UpperLetter := UCS4UpperCase(CharCode); - - if (UpperLetter in ([Ord('A')..Ord('Z'), Ord('0') .. Ord('9')]) ) then - begin - I2 := Length(CatSongs.Song); - - //Jump To Titel - if (SDL_ModState = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_LSHIFT)) then - begin - for I := 1 to High(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) then - begin - TempStr := CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Title; - if (Length(TempStr) > 0) and - (UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(TempStr)[0]) = UpperLetter) then - begin - SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2)); - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - - ChangeMusic; - SetScroll4; - //Break and Exit - Exit; - end; - end; - end; - end - //Jump to Artist - else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then - begin - for I := 1 to High(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) then - begin - TempStr := CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Artist; - if (Length(TempStr) > 0) and - (UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(TempStr)[0]) = UpperLetter) then - begin - SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2)); - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - - ChangeMusic; - SetScroll4; - - //Break and Exit - Exit; - end; - end; - end; - end; - end; - - Exit; - end; - - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - - Ord('M'): //Show SongMenu - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then - begin - if (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - if (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) then // clicked on Song - begin - if CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3 then - begin - ScreenSongMenu.OnShow; - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist); - end - else - begin - ScreenSongMenu.OnShow; - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main); - end; - end - else - begin - ScreenSongMenu.OnShow; - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load); - end; - end //Party Mode -> Show Party Menu - else - begin - ScreenSongMenu.OnShow; - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main); - end; - end; - Exit; - end; - - Ord('P'): //Show Playlist Menu - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - ScreenSongMenu.OnShow; - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load); - end; - Exit; - end; - - Ord('J'): //Show Jumpto Menu - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - ScreenSongJumpto.Visible := true; - end; - Exit; - end; - - Ord('E'): - begin - OpenEditor; - Exit; - end; - - Ord('R'): - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and - (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) and (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then // random category - begin - I2 := 0; // count cats - for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then - Inc(I2); - end; - - I2 := Random(I2 + 1); // random and include I2 - - // find cat: - for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then - Dec(I2); - if (I2 <= 0) then - begin - // show cat in top left mod - ShowCatTL (I); - - Interaction := I; - - CatSongs.ShowCategoryList; - CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I); - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected; - break; - end; - end; - end - else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) and (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then // random in all categories - begin - repeat - I2 := Random(High(CatSongs.Song) + 1); - until (not CatSongs.Song[I2].Main); - - // search cat - for I := I2 downto 0 do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then - break; - end; - - // in I is now the categorie in I2 the song - - // choose cat - CatSongs.ShowCategoryList; - - // show cat in top left mod - ShowCatTL (I); - - CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I); - SelectNext(true); - - // Fix: not existing song selected: - //if (I + 1 = I2) then - Inc(I2); - - // choose song - SkipTo(I2 - I); - end - else // random in one category - begin - SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs)); - end; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - - ChangeMusic; - SetScroll4; - end; - Exit; - end; - end; // normal keys - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - if (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack - if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -1) then - begin - //Find Category - I := Interaction; - while (not CatSongs.Song[I].Main) do - begin - Dec(I); - if (I < 0) then - break; - end; - if (I <= 1) then - Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song) - else - Interaction := I - 1; - - //Stop Music - StopMusicPreview(); - - CatSongs.ShowCategoryList; - - //Show Cat in Top Left Mod - HideCatTL; - - //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected; - //SelectPrev(true); - //CatSongs.Song[0].Visible := false; - end - else - begin - //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack End - //Tabs off and in Search or Playlist -> Go back to Song view - if (CatSongs.CatNumShow < -1) then - begin - //Atm: Set Empty Filter - CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll); - - //Show Cat in Top Left Mod - HideCatTL; - Interaction := 0; - - //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected; - - ChangeMusic; - end - else - begin - StopMusicPreview(); - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - - end; - end - //When in party Mode then Ask before Close - else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY'); - end; - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then - begin - if CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main then - begin // clicked on Category Button - //Show Cat in Top Left Mod - ShowCatTL (Interaction); - - //I := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction); - CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction); - {I2 := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction); - SongCurrent := SongCurrent - I + I2; - SongTarget := SongTarget - I + I2; } - - // SetScroll4; - - //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected; - - //Play Music: - ChangeMusic; - end - else - begin // clicked on song - if (Mode = smNormal) then //Normal Mode -> Start Song - begin - //Do the Action that is specified in Ini - case Ini.OnSongClick of - 0: StartSong; - 1: SelectPlayers; - 2:begin - if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist) - else - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main); - end; - end; - end - else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then //PartyMode -> Show Menu - begin - if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main) - else - ScreenSong.StartSong; - end; - end; - end; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - if (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode - if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then - begin - //Cat Change Hack - if Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1 then - begin - I := Interaction; - if I <= 0 then - I := 1; - - while not catsongs.Song[I].Main do - begin - Inc (I); - if (I > High(catsongs.Song)) then - I := Low(catsongs.Song); - end; - - Interaction := I; - - //Show Cat in Top Left Mod - ShowCatTL (Interaction); - - CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction); - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected; - - //Play Music: - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - ChangeMusic; - - end; - - // - //Cat Change Hack End} - end; - end; - end; - SDLK_UP: - begin - if (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode - if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then - begin - //Cat Change Hack - if Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1 then - begin - I := Interaction; - I2 := 0; - if I <= 0 then - I := 1; - - while not catsongs.Song[I].Main or (I2 = 0) do - begin - if catsongs.Song[I].Main then - Inc(I2); - Dec (I); - if (I < Low(catsongs.Song)) then - I := High(catsongs.Song); - end; - - Interaction := I; - - //Show Cat in Top Left Mod - ShowCatTL (I); - - CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I); - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected; - - //Play Music: - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - ChangeMusic; - end; - end; - //Cat Change Hack End} - end; - end; - - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - SelectNext(true); - //InteractNext; - //SongTarget := Interaction; - ChangeMusic; - SetScroll4; - end; - end; - - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0)and (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - SelectPrev(true); - ChangeMusic; - SetScroll4; - end; - end; - - SDLK_1: - begin //Joker - if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker > 0) then - begin - //Use Joker - Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker); - SelectRandomSong; - SetJoker; - end; - end; - - SDLK_2: - begin //Joker - if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker > 0) then - begin - //Use Joker - Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker); - SelectRandomSong; - SetJoker; - end; - end; - - SDLK_3: - begin //Joker - if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker > 0) then - begin - //Use Joker - Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker); - SelectRandomSong; - SetJoker; - end; - end; - end; - end; // if (PressedDown) -end; - -function TScreenSong.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; - var - I, J: Integer; - Btn: Integer; -begin - Result := true; - - if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then - begin - Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y); - exit; - end - else if (ScreenSongJumpTo.Visible) then - begin - Result := ScreenSongJumpTo.ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y); - exit; - end - else // no extension visible - begin - if (BtnDown) then - begin - //if RightMbESC is set, send ESC keypress - if RightMbESC and (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then - Result:=ParseInput(SDLK_ESCAPE, 0, true) - - //song scrolling with mousewheel - else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN) then - ParseInput(SDLK_RIGHT, 0, true) - - else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP) then - ParseInput(SDLK_LEFT, 0, true) - - //LMB anywhere starts - else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) then - begin - if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 4) then - begin - // select the second visible button left from selected - I := 0; - Btn := Interaction; - while (I < 2) do - begin - Dec(Btn); - if (Btn < 0) then - Btn := High(CatSongs.Song); - - if (CatSongs.Song[Btn].Visible) then - Inc(I); - end; - - // test the 5 front buttons for click - for I := 0 to 4 do - begin - if InRegion(X, Y, Button[Btn].GetMouseOverArea) then - begin - // song cover clicked - if (I = 2) then - begin // Selected Song clicked -> start singing - ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true); - end - else - begin // one of the other 4 covers in the front clicked -> select it - J := I - 2; - while (J < 0) do - begin - ParseInput(SDLK_LEFT, 0, true); - Inc(J); - end; - - while (J > 0) do - begin - ParseInput(SDLK_RIGHT, 0, true); - Dec(J); - end; - end; - Break; - end; - - Btn := CatSongs.FindNextVisible(Btn); - if (Btn = -1) then - Break; - end; - end - else - ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenSong.Create; -var - i: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Song); - - TextArtist := AddText(Theme.Song.TextArtist); - TextTitle := AddText(Theme.Song.TextTitle); - TextNumber := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNumber); - - //Show Cat in Top Left mod - TextCat := AddText(Theme.Song.TextCat); - StaticCat := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticCat); - - //Show Video Icon Mod - VideoIcon := AddStatic(Theme.Song.VideoIcon); - - //Party Mode - StaticTeam1Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker1); - StaticTeam1Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker2); - StaticTeam1Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker3); - StaticTeam1Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker4); - StaticTeam1Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker5); - - StaticTeam2Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker1); - StaticTeam2Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker2); - StaticTeam2Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker3); - StaticTeam2Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker4); - StaticTeam2Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker5); - - StaticTeam3Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker1); - StaticTeam3Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker2); - StaticTeam3Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker3); - StaticTeam3Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker4); - StaticTeam3Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker5); - - //Load Party or NonParty specific Statics and Texts - SetLength(StaticParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticParty)); - for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticParty) do - StaticParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticParty[i]); - - SetLength(TextParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextParty)); - for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextParty) do - TextParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextParty[i]); - - SetLength(StaticNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty)); - for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty) do - StaticNonParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty[i]); - - SetLength(TextNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextNonParty)); - for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextNonParty) do - TextNonParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNonParty[i]); - - // Song List - //Songs.LoadSongList; // moved to the UltraStar unit - CatSongs.Refresh; - - GenerateThumbnails(); - - // Randomize Patch - Randomize; - - Equalizer := Tms_Equalizer.Create(AudioPlayback, Theme.Song.Equalizer); - - PreviewOpened := -1; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.GenerateThumbnails(); -var - I: integer; - CoverButtonIndex: integer; - CoverButton: TButton; - CoverTexture: TTexture; - Cover: TCover; - CoverFile: IPath; - Song: TSong; -begin - if (Length(CatSongs.Song) <= 0) then - Exit; - - // set length of button array once instead for every song - SetButtonLength(Length(CatSongs.Song)); - - // create all buttons - for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - CoverButton := nil; - - // create a clickable cover - CoverButtonIndex := AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, PATH_NONE, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections); - if (CoverButtonIndex > -1) then - CoverButton := Button[CoverButtonIndex]; - if (CoverButton = nil) then - Continue; - - Song := CatSongs.Song[I]; - - CoverFile := Song.Path.Append(Song.Cover); - if (not CoverFile.IsFile()) then - Song.Cover := PATH_NONE; - - if (Song.Cover.IsUnset) then - CoverFile := Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover'); - - // load cover and cache its texture - Cover := Covers.FindCover(CoverFile); - if (Cover = nil) then - Cover := Covers.AddCover(CoverFile); - - // use the cached texture - // TODO: this is a workaround until the new song-loading works. - // The TCover object should be added to the song-object. The thumbnails - // should be loaded each time the song-screen is shown (it is real fast). - // This way, we will not waste that much memory and have a link between - // song and cover. - if (Cover <> nil) then - begin - CoverTexture := Cover.GetPreviewTexture(); - Texture.AddTexture(CoverTexture, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true); - CoverButton.Texture := CoverTexture; - - // set selected to false -> the right texture will be displayed - CoverButton.Selected := False; - end; - - Cover.Free; - end; - - // reset selection - if (Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0) then - Interaction := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll; -var - VS, B: integer; -begin - VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; - if VS > 0 then - begin - // Set Positions - case Theme.Song.Cover.Style of - 3: SetScroll3; - 5:begin - if VS > 5 then - SetScroll5 - else - SetScroll4; - end; - 6: SetScroll6; - else SetScroll4; - end; - - // Set visibility of video icon - Static[VideoIcon].Visible := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Video.IsSet; - - // Set texts - Text[TextArtist].Text := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Artist; - Text[TextTitle].Text := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Title; - if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then - begin - Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].OrderNum) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.CatCount); - Text[TextTitle].Text := '(' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + ' ' + Language.Translate('SING_SONGS_IN_CAT') + ')'; - end - else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -2) then - Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS) - else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then - Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS) - else if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then - Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction - CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber].CatNumber) - else - Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(Interaction+1) + '/' + IntToStr(Length(CatSongs.Song)); - end - else - begin - Text[TextNumber].Text := '0/0'; - Text[TextArtist].Text := ''; - Text[TextTitle].Text := ''; - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - Button[B].Visible := false; - - end; -end; - -(* -procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll1; -var - B: integer; // button - //BMin: integer; // button min // Auto Removed, Unused Variable - //BMax: integer; // button max // Auto Removed, Unused Variable - Src: integer; - //Dst: integer; - Count: integer; // Dst is not used. Count is used. - Ready: boolean; - - VisCount: integer; // count of visible (or selectable) buttons - VisInt: integer; // visible position of interacted button - Typ: integer; // 0 when all songs fits the screen - Placed: integer; // number of placed visible buttons -begin - //Src := 0; - //Dst := -1; - Count := 1; - Typ := 0; - Ready := false; - Placed := 0; - - VisCount := 0; - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then - Inc(VisCount); - - VisInt := 0; - for B := 0 to Interaction-1 do - if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then - Inc(VisInt); - - if VisCount <= 6 then - begin - Typ := 0; - end - else - begin - if VisInt <= 3 then - begin - Typ := 1; - Count := 7; - Ready := true; - end; - - if (VisCount - VisInt) <= 3 then - begin - Typ := 2; - Count := 7; - Ready := true; - end; - - if not Ready then - begin - Typ := 3; - Src := Interaction; - end; - end; - - - // hide all buttons - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - Button[B].Visible := false; - Button[B].Selectable := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; - end; - - { - for B := Src to Dst do - begin - //Button[B].Visible := true; - Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; - Button[B].Selectable := Button[B].Visible; - Button[B].Y := 140 + (B-Src) * 60; - end; - } - - if Typ = 0 then - begin - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then - begin - Button[B].Visible := true; - Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60; - Inc(Placed); - end; - end; - end; - - if Typ = 1 then - begin - B := 0; - while (Count > 0) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then - begin - Button[B].Visible := true; - Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60; - Inc(Placed); - Dec(Count); - end; - Inc(B); - end; - end; - - if Typ = 2 then - begin - B := High(Button); - while (Count > 0) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then - begin - Button[B].Visible := true; - Button[B].Y := 140 + (6-Placed) * 60; - Inc(Placed); - Dec(Count); - end; - Dec(B); - end; - end; - - if Typ = 3 then - begin - B := Src; - Count := 4; - while (Count > 0) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then - begin - Button[B].Visible := true; - Button[B].Y := 140 + (3+Placed) * 60; - Inc(Placed); - Dec(Count); - end; - Inc(B); - end; - - B := Src-1; - Placed := 0; - Count := 3; - while (Count > 0) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then - begin - Button[B].Visible := true; - Button[B].Y := 140 + (2-Placed) * 60; - Inc(Placed); - Dec(Count); - end; - Dec(B); - end; - - end; - - if Length(Button) > 0 then - Static[1].Texture.Y := Button[Interaction].Y - 5; // selection texture -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll2; -var - B: integer; - //Factor: integer; // factor of position relative to center of screen - //Factor2: real; -begin - // line - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - Button[B].X := 300 + (B - Interaction) * 260; - - if Length(Button) >= 3 then - begin - if Interaction = 0 then - Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260; - - if Interaction = High(Button) then - Button[0].X := 300 + 260; - end; - - // circle - { - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - Factor := (B - Interaction); // 0 to center, -1: to left, +1 to right - Factor2 := Factor / Length(Button); - Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Factor2); - //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ; - end; - } -end; -*) - -procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll3; // with slide -var - B: integer; - //Factor: integer; // factor of position relative to center of screen - //Factor2: real; -begin - SongTarget := Interaction; - - // line - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - Button[B].X := 300 + (B - SongCurrent) * 260; - if (Button[B].X < -Button[B].W) or (Button[B].X > 800) then - Button[B].Visible := false - else - Button[B].Visible := true; - end; - - { - if Length(Button) >= 3 then - begin - if Interaction = 0 then - Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260; - - if Interaction = High(Button) then - Button[0].X := 300 + 260; - end; - } - - // circle - { - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - Factor := (B - Interaction); // 0 to center, -1: to left, +1 to right - Factor2 := Factor / Length(Button); - Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Factor2); - //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ; - end; - } -end; - -(** - * Rotation - *) -procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll4; -var - B: integer; - Angle: real; - Z, Z2: real; - VS: integer; -begin - VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs(); - - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; - if Button[B].Visible then - begin - // angle between the cover and selected song-cover in radians - Angle := 2*Pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) / VS; - - // calc z-position from angle - Z := (1 + cos(Angle)) / 2; // scaled to range [0..1] - Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3; // scaled to range [1/3..1] - - // adjust cover's width and height according its z-position - // Note: Theme.Song.Cover.W is not used as width and height are equal - // and Theme.Song.Cover.W is used as circle radius in Scroll5. - Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2; - Button[B].H := Button[B].W; - - // set cover position - Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + - (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Angle)) * Z2 - - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); - Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + - (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7; - Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3; - end; - end; -end; - -(** - * rotate - *) -procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll5; -var - B: integer; - Angle: real; - Pos: real; - VS: integer; - Padding: real; - X: real; - { - Theme.Song.CoverW: circle radius - Theme.Song.CoverX: x-pos. of the left edge of the selected cover - Theme.Song.CoverY: y-pos. of the upper edge of the selected cover - Theme.Song.CoverH: cover height - } -begin - VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs(); - - // Update positions of all buttons - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // adjust visibility - if Button[B].Visible then // Only change pos for visible buttons - begin - // Pos is the distance to the centered cover in the range [-VS/2..+VS/2] - Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent); - if (Pos < -VS/2) then - Pos := Pos + VS - else if (Pos > VS/2) then - Pos := Pos - VS; - - // Avoid overlapping of the front covers. - // Use an alternate position for the five front covers. - if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then - begin - Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5); // Range: (-1/4*Pi .. +1/4*Pi) - - Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8)); - Button[B].W := Button[B].H; - - //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H; - Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H; - - Padding := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2; - X := Sin(Angle*1.3) * 0.9; - - Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Padding; - Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5); - Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01; - end - else - begin - // Transform Pos to range [-1..-1/2, +1/2..+1] - if Pos < 0 then - Pos := Pos/VS - 0.5 - else - Pos := Pos/VS + 0.5; - - // angle in radians [-2Pi..-Pi, +Pi..+2Pi] - Angle := 2*Pi * Pos; - - Button[B].H := 0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8)); - Button[B].W := Button[B].H; - - Padding := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2; - - Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*((Theme.Song.Cover.H)*sin(Angle/2)*1.52); - Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.75; - Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers - - //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H; - Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll6; // rotate (slotmachine style) -var - B: integer; - Angle: real; - Pos: real; - VS: integer; - diff: real; - X: real; - Factor: real; - Z, Z2: real; -begin - VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; - if VS <= 5 then - begin - // circle - for B := 0 to High(Button) do - begin - Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; - if Button[B].Visible then // optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed - begin - - Factor := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) / VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs};// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms - - Z := (1 + cos(Factor)) / 2; - Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3; - - Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Factor)) * Z2 - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs - Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3; - - Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2; - - //Button[B].Y := {50 +} 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2; - Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7 ; - Button[B].H := Button[B].W; - end; - end; - end - else - begin - //Change Pos of all Buttons - for B := Low(Button) to High(Button) do - begin - Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; //Adjust Visibility - if Button[B].Visible then //Only Change Pos for Visible Buttons - begin - Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent); - if (Pos < -VS/2) then - Pos := Pos + VS - else if (Pos > VS/2) then - Pos := Pos - VS; - - if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then {fixed Positions} - begin - Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5); - //Button[B].Visible := false; - - Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3); - - Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H; - - Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01; - - Button[B].X := (Theme.Song.Cover.X + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5); - - Button[B].W := Button[B].H; - - Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2; - - X := Sin(Angle*1.3)*0.9; - - Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Diff; - end - else - begin {Behind the Front Covers} - - // limit-bg-covers hack - if (abs(VS/2-abs(Pos))>10) then - Button[B].Visible := false; - if VS > 25 then - VS:=25; - // end of limit-bg-covers hack - - if Pos < 0 then - Pos := (Pos - VS/2)/VS - else - Pos := (Pos + VS/2)/VS; - - Angle := Pi * Pos*2; - - Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers - - Button[B].H :=0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3); - - Button[B].W := Button[B].H; - - Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.5; - - Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H; - - Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*(Theme.Song.Cover.H*sin(Angle/2)*1.52); - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.OnShow; -begin - inherited; -{** - * Pause background music, so we can play it again on scorescreen - *} - SoundLib.PauseBgMusic; - - AudioPlayback.Stop; - - if Ini.Players <= 3 then PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1; - if Ini.Players = 4 then PlayersPlay := 6; - - //Cat Mod etc - if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then - begin - CatSongs.ShowCategoryList; - FixSelected; - //Show Cat in Top Left Mod - HideCatTL; - end; - - if Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0 then - begin - //Load Music only when Song Preview is activated - if ( Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0 ) then - StartMusicPreview() - else - PreviewOpened := -1; - - SetScroll; - end; - - //Playlist Mode - if (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - //If Playlist Shown -> Select Next automatically - if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then - begin - SelectNext(true); - ChangeMusic; - end; - end - //Party Mode - else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then - begin - SelectRandomSong; - //Show Menu directly in PartyMode - //But only if selected in Options - if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then - begin - ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main); - end; - end; - - SetJoker; - SetStatics; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.OnHide; -begin - // if preview is not loaded: load musicfile now; not on cat-main! - if (PreviewOpened <> Interaction) and not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].main then - AudioPlayback.Open(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Path.Append(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Mp3)); - - // turn music volume to 100% - AudioPlayback.SetVolume(1.0); - - // if hide then stop music (for party mode popup on exit) - if (Display.NextScreen <> @ScreenSing) and - (Display.NextScreen <> @ScreenSingModi) then - begin - StopMusicPreview(); - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.DrawExtensions; -begin - //Draw Song Menu - if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then - begin - ScreenSongMenu.Draw; - end - else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then - begin - ScreenSongJumpto.Draw; - end -end; - -function TScreenSong.Draw: boolean; -var - dx: real; - dt: real; - I: integer; -begin - dx := SongTarget-SongCurrent; - dt := TimeSkip * 7; - - if dt > 1 then - dt := 1; - - SongCurrent := SongCurrent + dx*dt; - - { - if SongCurrent > Catsongs.VisibleSongs then - begin - SongCurrent := SongCurrent - Catsongs.VisibleSongs; - SongTarget := SongTarget - Catsongs.VisibleSongs; - end; - } - - //Log.BenchmarkStart(5); - - SetScroll; - - //Log.BenchmarkEnd(5); - //Log.LogBenchmark('SetScroll4', 5); - - //Fading Functions, Only if Covertime is under 5 Seconds - if (CoverTime < 5) then - begin - // cover fade - if (CoverTime < 1) and (CoverTime + TimeSkip >= 1) then - begin - // load new texture - Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); - Button[Interaction].Texture.Alpha := 1; - Button[Interaction].Texture2 := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); - Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1; - end; - - //Update Fading Time - CoverTime := CoverTime + TimeSkip; - - //Update Fading Texture - Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := (CoverTime - 1) * 1.5; - if Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha > 1 then - Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1; - - end; - - //inherited Draw; - //heres a little Hack, that causes the Statics - //are Drawn after the Buttons because of some Blending Problems. - //This should cause no Problems because all Buttons on this screen - //Has Z Position. - //Draw BG - DrawBG; - - //Instead of Draw FG Procedure: - //We draw Buttons for our own - for I := 0 to Length(Button) - 1 do - Button[I].Draw; - - // Statics - for I := 0 to Length(Static) - 1 do - Static[I].Draw; - - // and texts - for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do - Text[I].Draw; - - Equalizer.Draw; - - DrawExtensions; - - Result := true; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SelectNext(UnloadCover: boolean); -var - Skip: integer; - VS: integer; -begin - VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; - - if VS > 0 then - begin - if UnloadCover then //that should fix the performance problem on scrolling - UnLoadDetailedCover; - - Skip := 1; - - // this 1 could be changed by CatSongs.FindNextVisible - while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do - Inc(Skip); - - SongTarget := SongTarget + 1;//Skip; - - Interaction := (Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions); - - // try to keep all at the beginning - if SongTarget > VS-1 then - begin - SongTarget := SongTarget - VS; - SongCurrent := SongCurrent - VS; - end; - - end; - - // Interaction -> Button, load cover - // show uncached texture - //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SelectPrev(UnloadCover: boolean); -var - Skip: integer; - VS: integer; -begin - VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; - - if VS > 0 then - begin - if UnloadCover then - UnLoadDetailedCover; //that should fix the performance problem on scrolling - - Skip := 1; - - while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do - Inc(Skip); - SongTarget := SongTarget - 1;//Skip; - - Interaction := (Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions); - - // try to keep all at the beginning - if SongTarget < 0 then - begin - SongTarget := SongTarget + CatSongs.VisibleSongs; - SongCurrent := SongCurrent + CatSongs.VisibleSongs; - end; - - // show uncached texture - //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.StartMusicPreview(); -var - Song: TSong; -begin - AudioPlayback.Close(); - - Song := CatSongs.Song[Interaction]; - if not assigned(Song) then - Exit; - - //fix: if main cat than there is nothing to play - if Song.main then - Exit; - - if AudioPlayback.Open(Song.Path.Append(Song.Mp3)) then - begin - PreviewOpened := Interaction; - - AudioPlayback.Position := AudioPlayback.Length / 4; - // set preview volume - if (Ini.PreviewFading = 0) then - begin - // music fade disabled: start with full volume - AudioPlayback.SetVolume(IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]); - AudioPlayback.Play() - end - else - begin - // music fade enabled: start muted and fade-in - AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0); - AudioPlayback.FadeIn(Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.StopMusicPreview(); -begin - // Cancel pending preview requests - SDL_RemoveTimer(MusicPreviewTimer); - - // Stop preview of previous song - AudioPlayback.Stop; -end; - -procedure StartMusicPreview(data: Pointer); -var - ScreenSong: TScreenSong; -begin - ScreenSong := TScreenSong(data); - if (ScreenSong <> nil) then - ScreenSong.StartMusicPreview(); -end; - -function MusicPreviewTimerCallback(interval: UInt32; param: Pointer): UInt32; cdecl; -begin - // delegate execution to main-thread - MainThreadExec(@StartMusicPreview, param); - // stop timer - Result := 0; -end; - -// Changes previewed song -procedure TScreenSong.ChangeMusic; -begin - StopMusicPreview(); - PreviewOpened := -1; - - // Preview song if activated and current selection is not a category cover - if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) and - (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and - (Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0) then - begin - // Delay song fading to prevent the song from being played while scrolling - MusicPreviewTimer := SDL_AddTimer(200, MusicPreviewTimerCallback, Self); - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SkipTo(Target: cardinal); -var - i: integer; -begin - UnLoadDetailedCover; - - Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song); - SongTarget := 0; - - for i := 1 to Target+1 do - SelectNext(false); - - FixSelected2; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SelectRandomSong; -var - I, I2: integer; -begin - case PlaylistMan.Mode of - smNormal: // all songs just select random song - begin - // when tabs are activated then use tab method - if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then - begin - repeat - I2 := Low(CatSongs.Song) + Random(High(CatSongs.Song) + 1 - Low(CatSongs.Song)); - until CatSongs.Song[I2].Main = false; - - // search cat - for I := I2 downto Low(CatSongs.Song) do - begin - if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then - break; - end; - // I is the cat number, I2 is the no of the song within this cat - - // choose cat - CatSongs.ShowCategoryList; - - // show cat in top left mod - ShowCatTL(I); - - CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I); - SelectNext(true); - - // choose song - SkipTo(I2 - I); - end - // when tabs are deactivated use easy method - else - SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs)); - end; - smPartyMode: // one category select category and select random song - begin - CatSongs.ShowCategoryList; - CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList); - ShowCatTL(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList); - - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected2; - - SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs)); - end; - smPlaylistRandom: // playlist: select playlist and select random song - begin - PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList); - - SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs)); - FixSelected2; - end; - end; - - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change); - ChangeMusic; - SetScroll; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SetJoker; -begin - // If Party Mode - if Mode = smPartyMode then //Show Joker that are available - begin - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 1); - Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 2); - Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 3); - Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 4); - Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 5); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 1); - Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 2); - Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 3); - Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 4); - Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 5); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := false; - end; - - if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then - begin - Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 1); - Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 2); - Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 3); - Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 4); - Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 5); - end - else - begin - Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := false; - end; - end - else - begin //Hide all - Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := false; - - Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := false; - - Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := false; - Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := false; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SetStatics; -var - I: integer; - Visible: boolean; -begin - //Set Visibility of Party Statics and Text - Visible := (Mode = smPartyMode); - - for I := 0 to High(StaticParty) do - Static[StaticParty[I]].Visible := Visible; - - for I := 0 to High(TextParty) do - Text[TextParty[I]].Visible := Visible; - - //Set Visibility of Non Party Statics and Text - Visible := not Visible; - - for I := 0 to High(StaticNonParty) do - Static[StaticNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible; - - for I := 0 to High(TextNonParty) do - Text[TextNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible; -end; - -//Procedures for Menu - -procedure TScreenSong.StartSong; -begin - CatSongs.Selected := Interaction; - StopMusicPreview(); - - //Party Mode - if (Mode = smPartyMode) then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenSingModi); - end - else - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenSing); - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.SelectPlayers; -begin - CatSongs.Selected := Interaction; - StopMusicPreview(); - - ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := true; - FadeTo(@ScreenName); -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.OpenEditor; -begin - if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and - (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and - (Mode = smNormal) then - begin - StopMusicPreview(); - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start); - CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[Interaction]; - FadeTo(@ScreenEditSub); - end; -end; - -//Team No of Team (0-5) -procedure TScreenSong.DoJoker (Team: byte); -begin - if (Mode = smPartyMode) and - (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= Team + 1) and - (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Joker > 0) then - begin - //Use Joker - Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Joker); - SelectRandomSong; - SetJoker; - end; -end; - -//Detailed Cover Unloading. Unloads the Detailed, uncached Cover of the cur. Song -procedure TScreenSong.UnloadDetailedCover; -begin - CoverTime := 0; - - // show cached texture - Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true); - Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 0; - - if Button[Interaction].Texture.Name <> Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover') then - Texture.UnloadTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); -end; - -procedure TScreenSong.Refresh; -begin - { - CatSongs.Refresh; - CatSongs.ShowCategoryList; - Interaction := 0; - SelectNext(true); - FixSelected; - } -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 7f82bbec..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenSongJumpto; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SDL, - SysUtils, - UMenu, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - USongs, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenSongJumpto = class(TMenu) - private - //For ChangeMusic - fLastPlayed: integer; - fVisible: boolean; - fSelectType: TSongFilter; - fVisSongs: integer; - - procedure SetTextFound(Count: Cardinal); - - //Visible //Whether the Menu should be Drawn - //Whether the Menu should be Drawn - procedure SetVisible(Value: boolean); - public - constructor Create; override; - - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - - property Visible: boolean read fVisible write SetVisible; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - UTexture, - ULanguage, - UParty, - UScreenSong, - ULog, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - if (IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or - IsPunctuationChar(CharCode)) then - begin - if (Interaction = 0) then - begin - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Button[0].Text[0].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode); - SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType)); - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - if (Interaction = 0) and (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then - begin - Button[0].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter(); - SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType)); - end; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN, - SDLK_ESCAPE: - begin - Visible := false; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - if (fVisSongs = 0) and (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then - begin - ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover; - Button[0].Text[0].Text := ''; - CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll); - SetTextFound(0); - end; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - {SelectNext; - Button[0].Text[0].Selected := (Interaction = 0);} - end; - - SDLK_UP: - begin - {SelectPrev; - Button[0].Text[0].Selected := (Interaction = 0); } - end; - - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - Interaction := 1; - InteractInc; - if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then - SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType)); - Interaction := 0; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - Interaction := 1; - InteractDec; - if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then - SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType)); - Interaction := 0; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenSongJumpto.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - AddText(Theme.SongJumpto.TextFound); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.SongJumpto); - - AddButton(Theme.SongJumpto.ButtonSearchText); - if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, ''); - - fSelectType := fltAll; - AddSelectSlide(Theme.SongJumpto.SelectSlideType, PInteger(@fSelectType)^, Theme.SongJumpto.IType); - - Interaction := 0; - fLastPlayed := 0; -end; - -procedure TScreenSongJumpto.SetVisible(Value: boolean); -begin -//If change from invisible to Visible then OnShow - if (fVisible = false) and (Value = true) then - OnShow; - - fVisible := Value; -end; - -procedure TScreenSongJumpto.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - //Reset Screen if no Old Search is Displayed - if (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -2) then - begin - SelectsS[0].SetSelectOpt(0); - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := ''; - Text[0].Text := Theme.SongJumpto.NoSongsFound; - end; - - //Select Input - Interaction := 0; - Button[0].Text[0].Selected := true; - - fLastPlayed := ScreenSong.Interaction; -end; - -function TScreenSongJumpto.Draw: boolean; -begin - Result := inherited Draw; -end; - -procedure TScreenSongJumpto.SetTextFound(Count: cardinal); -begin - if (Count = 0) then - begin - Text[0].Text := Theme.SongJumpto.NoSongsFound; - if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) = 0) then - ScreenSong.HideCatTL - else - ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.SongJumpto.CatText, [Button[0].Text[0].Text])); - end - else - begin - Text[0].Text := Format(Theme.SongJumpto.SongsFound, [Count]); - - //Set CatTopLeftText - ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.SongJumpto.CatText, [Button[0].Text[0].Text])); - end; - - //Set visSongs - fVisSongs := Count; - - //Fix SongSelection - ScreenSong.Interaction := high(CatSongs.Song); - ScreenSong.SelectNext(true); - ScreenSong.FixSelected; - - //Play Correct Music - if (ScreenSong.Interaction <> fLastPlayed) then - begin - fLastPlayed := ScreenSong.Interaction; - - ScreenSong.ChangeMusic; - end; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas deleted file mode 100644 index ec893c7a..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,661 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenSongMenu; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UFiles, - SysUtils, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenSongMenu = class(TMenu) - private - CurMenu: byte; // num of the cur. shown menu - public - Visible: boolean; // whether the menu should be drawn - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure MenuShow(sMenu: byte); - procedure HandleReturn; - end; - -const - SM_Main = 1; - - SM_PlayList = 64 or 1; - SM_Playlist_Add = 64 or 2; - SM_Playlist_New = 64 or 3; - - SM_Playlist_DelItem = 64 or 5; - - SM_Playlist_Load = 64 or 8 or 1; - SM_Playlist_Del = 64 or 8 or 5; - - SM_Party_Main = 128 or 1; - SM_Party_Joker = 128 or 2; - -var - ISelections: array of UTF8String; - SelectValue: integer; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - UTexture, - ULanguage, - UParty, - UPlaylist, - USongs, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // key down - if (CurMenu = SM_Playlist_New) and (Interaction=0) then - begin - // check normal keys - if IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or - (CharCode in [Ord(' '), Ord('-'), Ord('_'), Ord('!'), - Ord(','), Ord('<'), Ord('/'), Ord('*'), - Ord('?'), Ord(''''), Ord('"')]) then - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text + - UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode); - exit; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter; - exit; - end; - end; - end; - - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE: - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - Visible := false; - end; - - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - HandleReturn; - end; - - SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext; - SDLK_UP: InteractPrev; - - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - if (Interaction=3) then - InteractInc; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - if (Interaction=3) then - InteractDec; - end; - - SDLK_1: - begin // jocker - // use joker - case CurMenu of - SM_Party_Main: - begin - ScreenSong.DoJoker(0) - end; - end; - end; - SDLK_2: - begin // jocker - // use joker - case CurMenu of - SM_Party_Main: - begin - ScreenSong.DoJoker(1) - end; - end; - end; - SDLK_3: - begin // jocker - // use joker - case CurMenu of - SM_Party_Main: - begin - ScreenSong.DoJoker(2) - end; - end; - end; - end; // case - end; // if -end; - -constructor TScreenSongMenu.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - - // create dummy selectslide entrys - SetLength(ISelections, 1); - ISelections[0] := 'Dummy'; - - AddText(Theme.SongMenu.TextMenu); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.SongMenu); - - AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button1); - if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1'); - - AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button2); - if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2'); - - AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button3); - if (Length(Button[2].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 3'); - - AddSelectSlide(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, SelectValue, ISelections); - - AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button4); - if (Length(Button[3].Text) = 0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 4'); - - Interaction := 0; -end; - -function TScreenSongMenu.Draw: boolean; -begin - Result := inherited Draw; -end; - -procedure TScreenSongMenu.OnShow; -begin - inherited; -end; - -procedure TScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(sMenu: byte); -begin - Interaction := 0; // reset interaction - Visible := true; // set visible - case sMenu of - SM_Main: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_MAIN'); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := true; - Button[2].Visible := true; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY'); - Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CHANGEPLAYERS'); - Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_EDIT'); - end; - - SM_PlayList: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST'); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := true; - Button[2].Visible := true; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY'); - Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CHANGEPLAYERS'); - Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_DEL'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_EDIT'); - end; - - SM_Playlist_Add: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_ADD'); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := false; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := true; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD_NEW'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD_EXISTING'); - - SetLength(ISelections, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists)); - PlaylistMan.GetNames(ISelections); - - if (Length(ISelections)>=1) then - begin - UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 0, ISelections, SelectValue); - end - else - begin - Button[3].Visible := false; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := true; - Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NOEXISTING'); - end; - end; - - SM_Playlist_New: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_NEW'); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := true; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NEW_UNNAMED'); - Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NEW_CREATE'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL'); - end; - - SM_Playlist_DelItem: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_DELITEM'); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := false; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL'); - end; - - SM_Playlist_Load: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_LOAD'); - - // show delete curent playlist button when playlist is opened - Button[0].Visible := (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3); - - Button[1].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := false; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := true; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_DELCURRENT'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_LOAD'); - - SetLength(ISelections, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists)); - PlaylistMan.GetNames(ISelections); - - if (Length(ISelections)>=1) then - begin - UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 0, ISelections, SelectValue); - Interaction := 3; - end - else - begin - Button[3].Visible := false; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := true; - Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NOEXISTING'); - Interaction := 2; - end; - end; - - SM_Playlist_Del: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_DEL'); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := false; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL'); - end; - - SM_Party_Main: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PARTY_MAIN'); - - Button[0].Visible := true; - Button[1].Visible := false; - Button[2].Visible := false; - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY'); - //Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_JOKER'); - //Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYMODI'); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_JOKER'); - end; - - SM_Party_Joker: - begin - CurMenu := sMenu; - Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PARTY_JOKER'); - - Button[0].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker > 0); - Button[1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker > 0); - Button[2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker > 0); - Button[3].Visible := true; - SelectsS[0].Visible := false; - - Button[0].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Name); - Button[1].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Name); - Button[2].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Name); - Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL'); - - // set right interaction - if (not Button[0].Visible) then - begin - if (not Button[1].Visible) then - begin - if (not Button[2].Visible) then - Interaction := 4 - else - Interaction := 2; - end - else - Interaction := 1; - end; - - end; - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenSongMenu.HandleReturn; -begin - case CurMenu of - SM_Main: - begin - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - ScreenSong.StartSong; - Visible := false; - end; - - 1: // button 2 - begin - // select new players then sing: - ScreenSong.SelectPlayers; - Visible := false; - end; - - 2: // button 3 - begin - // show add to playlist menu - MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Add); - end; - - 3: // selectslide 3 - begin - //Dummy - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - ScreenSong.OpenEditor; - Visible := false; - end; - end; - end; - - SM_PlayList: - begin - Visible := false; - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - ScreenSong.StartSong; - Visible := false; - end; - - 1: // button 2 - begin - // select new players then sing: - ScreenSong.SelectPlayers; - Visible := false; - end; - - 2: // button 3 - begin - // show add to playlist menu - MenuShow(SM_Playlist_DelItem); - end; - - 3: // selectslide 3 - begin - // dummy - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - ScreenSong.OpenEditor; - Visible := false; - end; - end; - end; - - SM_Playlist_Add: - begin - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - MenuShow(SM_Playlist_New); - end; - - 3: // selectslide 3 - begin - // dummy - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - PlaylistMan.AddItem(ScreenSong.Interaction, SelectValue); - Visible := false; - end; - end; - end; - - SM_Playlist_New: - begin - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - // nothing, button for entering name - end; - - 2: // button 3 - begin - // create playlist and add song - PlaylistMan.AddItem( - ScreenSong.Interaction, - PlaylistMan.AddPlaylist(Button[0].Text[0].Text)); - Visible := false; - end; - - 3: // selectslide 3 - begin - // cancel -> go back to add screen - MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Add); - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - Visible := false; - end; - end; - end; - - SM_Playlist_DelItem: - begin - Visible := false; - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - // delete - PlayListMan.DelItem(PlayListMan.GetIndexbySongID(ScreenSong.Interaction)); - Visible := false; - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - MenuShow(SM_Playlist); - end; - end; - end; - - SM_Playlist_Load: - begin - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 (Delete playlist) - begin - MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Del); - end; - 4: // button 4 - begin - // load playlist - PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(SelectValue); - Visible := false; - end; - end; - end; - - SM_Playlist_Del: - begin - Visible := false; - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - // delete - PlayListMan.DelPlaylist(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList); - Visible := false; - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load); - end; - end; - end; - - SM_Party_Main: - begin - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - // start singing - ScreenSong.StartSong; - Visible := false; - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - // joker - MenuShow(SM_Party_Joker); - end; - end; - end; - - SM_Party_Joker: - begin - Visible := false; - case Interaction of - 0: // button 1 - begin - // joker team 1 - ScreenSong.DoJoker(0); - end; - - 1: // button 2 - begin - // joker team 2 - ScreenSong.DoJoker(1); - end; - - 2: // button 3 - begin - // joker team 3 - ScreenSong.DoJoker(2); - end; - - 4: // button 4 - begin - // cancel... (go back to old menu) - MenuShow(SM_Party_Main); - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas b/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 1638cd85..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenStatDetail; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - SysUtils, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UIni, - UDataBase, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenStatDetail = class(TMenu) - public - Typ: TStatType; - Page: cardinal; - Count: byte; - Reversed: boolean; - - TotEntrys: cardinal; - TotPages: cardinal; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - - procedure SetTitle; - Procedure SetPage(NewPage: cardinal); - end; - -implementation - -uses - Math, - Classes, - UGraphic, - ULanguage, - ULog, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenStatDetail.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if Interaction = 0 then - begin - //Next Page - SetPage(Page+1); - end; - - if Interaction = 1 then - begin - //Previous Page - if (Page > 0) then - SetPage(Page-1); - end; - - if Interaction = 2 then - begin - //Reverse Order - Reversed := not Reversed; - SetPage(Page); - end; - - if Interaction = 3 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain); - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - InteractPrev; - end; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - InteractNext; - end; - SDLK_UP: - begin - InteractPrev; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - InteractNext; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenStatDetail.Create; -var - I: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - for I := 0 to High(Theme.StatDetail.TextList) do - AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextList[I]); - - Count := Length(Theme.StatDetail.TextList); - - AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextDescription); - AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextPage); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatDetail); - - AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonNext); - if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_NEXT')); - - AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonPrev); - if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_PREV')); - - AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonReverse); - if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_REVERSE')); - - AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]); - - Interaction := 0; - Typ := TStatType(0); -end; - -procedure TScreenStatDetail.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - //Set Tot Entrys and PAges - TotEntrys := DataBase.GetTotalEntrys(Typ); - TotPages := Ceil(TotEntrys / Count); - - //Show correct Title - SetTitle; - - //Show First Page - Reversed := false; - SetPage(0); -end; - -procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetTitle; -begin - if Reversed then - Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.DescriptionR[Ord(Typ)] - else - Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.Description[Ord(Typ)]; -end; - -procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetPage(NewPage: cardinal); -var - StatList: TList; - I: integer; - FormatStr: string; - PerPage: byte; -begin - // fetch statistics - StatList := Database.GetStats(Typ, Count, NewPage, Reversed); - if ((StatList <> nil) and (StatList.Count > 0)) then - begin - Page := NewPage; - - // reset texts - for I := 0 to Count-1 do - Text[I].Text := ''; - - FormatStr := Theme.StatDetail.FormatStr[Ord(Typ)]; - - //refresh Texts - for I := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do - begin - try - case Typ of - stBestScores: begin //Best Scores - with TStatResultBestScores(StatList[I]) do - begin - //Set Texts - if (Score > 0) then - begin - Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, - [Singer, Score, Theme.ILevel[Difficulty], SongArtist, SongTitle, Date]); - end; - end; - end; - - stBestSingers: begin //Best Singers - with TStatResultBestSingers(StatList[I]) do - begin - //Set Texts - if (AverageScore > 0) then - Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Player, AverageScore]); - end; - end; - - stMostSungSong: begin //Popular Songs - with TStatResultMostSungSong(StatList[I]) do - begin - //Set Texts - if (Artist <> '') then - Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Artist, Title, TimesSung]); - end; - end; - - stMostPopBand: begin //Popular Bands - with TStatResultMostPopBand(StatList[I]) do - begin - //Set Texts - if (ArtistName <> '') then - Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [ArtistName, TimesSungtot]); - end; - end; - end; - except - on E: EConvertError do - Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message); - end; - end; - - if (Page + 1 = TotPages) and (TotEntrys mod Count <> 0) then - PerPage := (TotEntrys mod Count) - else - PerPage := Count; - - try - Text[Count+1].Text := Format(Theme.StatDetail.PageStr, - [Page + 1, TotPages, PerPage, TotEntrys]); - except - on E: EConvertError do - Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message); - end; - - //Show correct Title - SetTitle; - end; - - Database.FreeStats(StatList); -end; - -procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -var - I: integer; -begin - for I := 0 to High(Button) do - Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas b/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 204f40cd..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,323 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenStatMain; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - SysUtils, - UDisplay, - UMusic, - UIni, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenStatMain = class(TMenu) - private - //Some Stat Value that don't need to be calculated 2 times - SongsWithVid: cardinal; - function FormatOverviewIntro(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String; - function FormatSongOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String; - function FormatPlayerOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String; - public - TextOverview: integer; - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override; - - procedure SetOverview; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UDataBase, - USongs, - USong, - ULanguage, - UCommon, - Classes, - ULog, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenStatMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin // Key Down - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - Ini.Save; - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - //Exit Button Pressed - if Interaction = 4 then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - end - else //One of the Stats Buttons Pressed - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back); - ScreenStatDetail.Typ := TStatType(Interaction); - FadeTo(@ScreenStatDetail); - end; - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - InteractPrev; - end; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - InteractNext; - end; - SDLK_UP: - begin - InteractPrev; - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - InteractNext; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenStatMain.Create; -var - I: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - TextOverview := AddText(Theme.StatMain.TextOverview); - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatMain); - - AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonScores); - if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[0]); - - AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonSingers); - if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[1]); - - AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonSongs); - if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[2]); - - AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonBands); - if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[3]); - - AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonExit); - if (Length(Button[4].Text)=0) then - AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[4]); - - Interaction := 0; - - //Set Songs with Vid - SongsWithVid := 0; - for I := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count -1 do - if (TSong(Songs.SongList[I]).Video.IsSet) then - Inc(SongsWithVid); -end; - -procedure TScreenStatMain.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - //Set Overview Text: - SetOverview; -end; - -function TScreenStatMain.FormatOverviewIntro(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String; -var - Year, Month, Day: word; -begin - {Format: - %0:d Ultrastar Version - %1:d Day of Reset - %2:d Month of Reset - %3:d Year of Reset} - - Result := ''; - - try - DecodeDate(Database.GetStatReset(), Year, Month, Day); - Result := Format(FormatStr, [Language.Translate('US_VERSION'), Day, Month, Year]); - except - on E: EConvertError do - Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_INTRO": ' + E.Message); - end; -end; - -function TScreenStatMain.FormatSongOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String; -var - CntSongs, CntSungSongs, CntVidSongs: integer; - MostPopSongArtist, MostPopSongTitle: UTF8String; - StatList: TList; - MostSungSong: TStatResultMostSungSong; -begin - {Format: - %0:d Count Songs - %1:d Count of Sung Songs - %2:d Count of UnSung Songs - %3:d Count of Songs with Video - %4:s Name of the most popular Song} - - CntSongs := Songs.SongList.Count; - CntSungSongs := Database.GetTotalEntrys(stMostSungSong); - CntVidSongs := SongsWithVid; - - StatList := Database.GetStats(stMostSungSong, 1, 0, false); - if ((StatList <> nil) and (StatList.Count > 0)) then - begin - MostSungSong := StatList[0]; - MostPopSongArtist := MostSungSong.Artist; - MostPopSongTitle := MostSungSong.Title; - end - else - begin - MostPopSongArtist := '-'; - MostPopSongTitle := '-'; - end; - Database.FreeStats(StatList); - - Result := ''; - - try - Result := Format(FormatStr, [ - CntSongs, CntSungSongs, CntSongs-CntSungSongs, CntVidSongs, - MostPopSongArtist, MostPopSongTitle]); - except - on E: EConvertError do - Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_SONG": ' + E.Message); - end; -end; - -function TScreenStatMain.FormatPlayerOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String; -var - CntPlayers: integer; - BestScoreStat: TStatResultBestScores; - BestSingerStat: TStatResultBestSingers; - BestPlayer, BestScorePlayer: UTF8String; - BestPlayerScore, BestScore: integer; - SingerStats, ScoreStats: TList; -begin - {Format: - %0:d Count Players - %1:s Best Player - %2:d Best Players Score - %3:s Best Score Player - %4:d Best Score} - - CntPlayers := Database.GetTotalEntrys(stBestSingers); - - SingerStats := Database.GetStats(stBestSingers, 1, 0, false); - if ((SingerStats <> nil) and (SingerStats.Count > 0)) then - begin - BestSingerStat := SingerStats[0]; - BestPlayer := BestSingerStat.Player; - BestPlayerScore := BestSingerStat.AverageScore; - end - else - begin - BestPlayer := '-'; - BestPlayerScore := 0; - end; - Database.FreeStats(SingerStats); - - ScoreStats := Database.GetStats(stBestScores, 1, 0, false); - if ((ScoreStats <> nil) and (ScoreStats.Count > 0)) then - begin - BestScoreStat := ScoreStats[0]; - BestScorePlayer := BestScoreStat.Singer; - BestScore := BestScoreStat.Score; - end - else - begin - BestScorePlayer := '-'; - BestScore := 0; - end; - Database.FreeStats(ScoreStats); - - Result := ''; - - try - Result := Format(Formatstr, [ - CntPlayers, BestPlayer, BestPlayerScore, - BestScorePlayer, BestScore]); - except - on E: EConvertError do - Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_PLAYER": ' + E.Message); - end; -end; - -procedure TScreenStatMain.SetOverview; -var - Overview: UTF8String; -begin - // Format overview - Overview := FormatOverviewIntro(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_INTRO')) + '\n \n' + - FormatSongOverview(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_SONG')) + '\n \n' + - FormatPlayerOverview(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_PLAYER')); - Text[0].Text := Overview; -end; - -procedure TScreenStatMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); -var - I: integer; -begin - for I := 0 to high(Button) do - Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas b/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 2ddff713..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenTop5; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - SysUtils, - SDL, - UDisplay, - UMenu, - UMusic, - USongs, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenTop5 = class(TMenu) - public - TextLevel: integer; - TextArtistTitle: integer; - DifficultyShow: integer; - - StaticNumber: array[1..5] of integer; - TextNumber: array[1..5] of integer; - TextName: array[1..5] of integer; - TextScore: array[1..5] of integer; - TextDate: array[1..5] of integer; - - Fadeout: boolean; - - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - procedure DrawScores(difficulty: integer); - function Draw: boolean; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UDataBase, - UGraphic, - UMain, - UIni, - UNote, - UUnicodeUtils; - -function TScreenTop5.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if PressedDown then - begin - // check normal keys - case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of - Ord('Q'): - begin - Result := false; - Exit; - end; - end; - - // check special keys - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE, - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - if (not Fadeout) then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenSong); - Fadeout := true; - end; - end; - SDLK_RIGHT: - begin - inc(DifficultyShow); - if (DifficultyShow>2) then - DifficultyShow:=0; - DrawScores(DifficultyShow); - end; - SDLK_LEFT: - begin - dec(DifficultyShow); - if (DifficultyShow<0) then - DifficultyShow:=2; - DrawScores(DifficultyShow); - end; - SDLK_UP: - begin - inc(DifficultyShow); - if (DifficultyShow>2) then - DifficultyShow:=0; - DrawScores(DifficultyShow); - end; - SDLK_DOWN: - begin - dec(DifficultyShow); - if (DifficultyShow<0) then - DifficultyShow:=2; - DrawScores(DifficultyShow); - end; - SDLK_SYSREQ: - begin - Display.SaveScreenShot; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -function TScreenTop5.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; - BtnDown: boolean; - X, Y: integer): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) and BtnDown then - //left-click anywhere sends return - ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true); -end; - -constructor TScreenTop5.Create; -var - I: integer; -begin - inherited Create; - - LoadFromTheme(Theme.Top5); - - TextLevel := AddText(Theme.Top5.TextLevel); - TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Top5.TextArtistTitle); - - for I := 0 to 4 do - begin - StaticNumber[I+1] := AddStatic(Theme.Top5.StaticNumber[I]); - TextNumber[I+1] := AddText (Theme.Top5.TextNumber[I]); - TextName[I+1] := AddText (Theme.Top5.TextName[I]); - TextScore[I+1] := AddText (Theme.Top5.TextScore[I]); - TextDate[I+1] := AddText (Theme.Top5.TextDate[I]); - end; - -end; - -procedure TScreenTop5.OnShow; -var - I: integer; - PMax: integer; - sung: boolean; //score added? otherwise in wasn't sung! -begin - inherited; - - sung := false; - Fadeout := false; - DifficultyShow := Ini.Difficulty; - - //ReadScore(CurrentSong); - - PMax := Ini.Players; - if PMax = 4 then - PMax := 5; - for I := 0 to PMax do - begin - if (Round(Player[I].ScoreTotalInt) > 0) and (ScreenSing.SungToEnd) then - begin - DataBase.AddScore(CurrentSong, Ini.Difficulty, Ini.Name[I], Round(Player[I].ScoreTotalInt)); - sung:=true; - end; - end; - - if sung then - DataBase.WriteScore(CurrentSong); - DataBase.ReadScore(CurrentSong); - - Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title; - - for I := 1 to Length(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty]) do - begin - Static[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextName[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := true; - - Text[TextName[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Name; - Text[TextScore[I]].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Score); - Text[TextDate[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Date; - end; - - for I := Length(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty]) + 1 to 5 do - begin - Static[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextName[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := false; - end; - - Text[TextLevel].Text := IDifficulty[Ini.Difficulty]; -end; - -procedure TScreenTop5.DrawScores(difficulty: integer); -var - I: integer; -begin - for I := 1 to Length(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty]) do - begin - Static[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextName[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := true; - Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := true; - - Text[TextName[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Name; - Text[TextScore[I]].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Score); - Text[TextDate[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Date; - end; - - for I := Length(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty]) + 1 to 5 do - begin - Static[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextName[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := false; - Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := false; - end; - - Text[TextLevel].Text := IDifficulty[difficulty]; -end; - -function TScreenTop5.Draw: boolean; -//var -{ - Min: real; - Max: real; - Factor: real; - Factor2: real; - - Item: integer; - P: integer; - C: integer; -} -begin - // Singstar - let it be...... with 6 statics -(* - if PlayersPlay = 6 then - begin - for Item := 4 to 6 do - begin - if ScreenAct = 1 then P := Item-4; - if ScreenAct = 2 then P := Item-1; - - FillPlayer(Item, P); -{ - if ScreenAct = 1 then - begin - LoadColor( - Static[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColR, - Static[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColG, - Static[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColB, - 'P1Dark'); - end; - - if ScreenAct = 2 then - begin - LoadColor( - Static[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColR, - Static[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColG, - Static[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColB, - 'P4Dark'); - end; -} - end; - end; -*) - - Result := inherited Draw; -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenWelcome.pas b/src/screens/UScreenWelcome.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 4b463613..00000000 --- a/src/screens/UScreenWelcome.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UScreenWelcome; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UMenu, - SDL, - SysUtils, - UThemes; - -type - TScreenWelcome = class(TMenu) - public - Animation: real; - Fadeout: boolean; - constructor Create; override; - function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override; - function Draw: boolean; override; - procedure OnShow; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - UGraphic, - UTime, - USkins, - UTexture; - -function TScreenWelcome.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := true; - if (PressedDown) then - begin - case PressedKey of - SDLK_ESCAPE, - SDLK_BACKSPACE : - begin - Result := false; - end; - SDLK_RETURN: - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - Fadeout := true; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -constructor TScreenWelcome.Create; -begin - inherited Create; - AddStatic(-10, -10, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonAlt'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT); - AddStatic(-500, 440, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddStatic(-500, 472, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddStatic(-500, 504, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddStatic(-500, 536, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - AddStatic(-500, 568, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED); - Animation := 0; - Fadeout := false; -end; - -procedure TScreenWelcome.OnShow; -begin - inherited; - - CountSkipTimeSet; -end; - -function TScreenWelcome.Draw: boolean; -var - Min: real; - Max: real; - Factor: real; - Count: integer; -begin - // star animation - Animation := Animation + TimeSkip*1000; - - // draw nothing - Min := 0; Max := 1000; - if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then - begin - end; - - // popup - Min := 1000; Max := 1120; - if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then - begin - Factor := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min); - Static[0].Texture.X := 600; - Static[0].Texture.Y := 600 - Factor * 230; - Static[0].Texture.W := 200; - Static[0].Texture.H := Factor * 230; - end; - - // bounce - Min := 1120; Max := 1200; - if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then - begin - Factor := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min); - Static[0].Texture.Y := 370 + Factor * 50; - Static[0].Texture.H := 230 - Factor * 50; - end; - - // run - Min := 1500; Max := 3500; - if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then - begin - Factor := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min); - - Static[0].Texture.X := 600 - Factor * 1400; - Static[0].Texture.H := 180; - - for Count := 1 to 5 do - begin - Static[Count].Texture.X := 770 - Factor * 1400; - Static[Count].Texture.W := 150 + Factor * 200; - Static[Count].Texture.Alpha := Factor * 0.5; - end; - end; - - Min := 3500; - if (Animation >= Min) and (not Fadeout) then - begin - FadeTo(@ScreenMain); - Fadeout := true; - end; - - Result := inherited Draw; -end; - -end. |